[go: up one dir, main page]

CN113844178B - Liquid cartridge and liquid consuming system - Google Patents

Liquid cartridge and liquid consuming system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN113844178B
CN113844178B CN202110936331.6A CN202110936331A CN113844178B CN 113844178 B CN113844178 B CN 113844178B CN 202110936331 A CN202110936331 A CN 202110936331A CN 113844178 B CN113844178 B CN 113844178B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
guide
cartridge
liquid
ink
ink cartridge
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
CN202110936331.6A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN113844178A (en
Inventor
大野彰人
石部阳雅
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Brother Industries Ltd
Original Assignee
Brother Industries Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Brother Industries Ltd filed Critical Brother Industries Ltd
Priority to CN202110936331.6A priority Critical patent/CN113844178B/en
Publication of CN113844178A publication Critical patent/CN113844178A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN113844178B publication Critical patent/CN113844178B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C25ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25FPROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC REMOVAL OF MATERIALS FROM OBJECTS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C25F3/00Electrolytic etching or polishing
    • C25F3/02Etching
    • C25F3/04Etching of light metals
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B21MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21DWORKING OR PROCESSING OF SHEET METAL OR METAL TUBES, RODS OR PROFILES WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21D22/00Shaping without cutting, by stamping, spinning, or deep-drawing
    • B21D22/20Deep-drawing
    • B21D22/201Work-pieces; preparation of the work-pieces, e.g. lubricating, coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17513Inner structure
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/1752Mounting within the printer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17526Electrical contacts to the cartridge
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17526Electrical contacts to the cartridge
    • B41J2/1753Details of contacts on the cartridge, e.g. protection of contacts
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • B41J2/17503Ink cartridges
    • B41J2/17553Outer structure
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C23COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
    • C23CCOATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
    • C23C22/00Chemical surface treatment of metallic material by reaction of the surface with a reactive liquid, leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, e.g. conversion coatings, passivation of metals
    • C23C22/78Pretreatment of the material to be coated
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B21MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21DWORKING OR PROCESSING OF SHEET METAL OR METAL TUBES, RODS OR PROFILES WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21D53/00Making other particular articles
    • B21D53/88Making other particular articles other parts for vehicles, e.g. cowlings, mudguards
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C22METALLURGY; FERROUS OR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS; TREATMENT OF ALLOYS OR NON-FERROUS METALS
    • C22FCHANGING THE PHYSICAL STRUCTURE OF NON-FERROUS METALS AND NON-FERROUS ALLOYS
    • C22F1/00Changing the physical structure of non-ferrous metals or alloys by heat treatment or by hot or cold working
    • C22F1/04Changing the physical structure of non-ferrous metals or alloys by heat treatment or by hot or cold working of aluminium or alloys based thereon

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Metallurgy (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Electrochemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Ink Jet (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides a liquid cartridge and a liquid consuming system. The cartridge includes: a box body; a liquid supply part. The supply section includes: a front end face; an outer peripheral surface; at least one guide at the outer peripheral surface. Each guide is guided by the corresponding at least one protrusion of the cartridge attachment portion during attachment of the liquid supply tube of the cartridge attachment portion to the liquid supply portion. Each guide includes first and second guide portions. The at least one guide includes first to fourth guide grooves, the first guide portion includes a first guide surface extending in the front-rear direction, the second guide portion includes a second guide surface extending in the front-rear direction and intersecting the first guide surface, the first guide groove is positioned opposite to the fourth guide groove in a first direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction with respect to the liquid channel in the liquid supply portion in the upright posture of the cartridge, and the second guide groove is positioned opposite to the third guide groove in a second direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction and the first direction with respect to the liquid channel.

Description

液体盒和液体消耗系统Liquid cartridges and liquid consumption systems

本申请是申请日为2017年7月31日、发明名称为“液体盒和用于液体盒的系统”且申请号为201780087450.0的中国发明专利申请的分案申请。This application is a divisional application of a Chinese invention patent application with an application date of July 31, 2017, the title of the invention is "Liquid Box and System for Liquid Box" and the application number is 201780087450.0.

技术领域technical field

本公开涉及一种液体盒,该液体盒包括:壳体,该壳体具有液体储存室;和液体供给部,该液体供给部被构造成将储存在液体储存室中的液体供给到外部。本公开还涉及一种系统,该系统由所述液体盒和液体消耗装置构成。The present disclosure relates to a liquid cartridge including: a case having a liquid storage chamber; and a liquid supply part configured to supply liquid stored in the liquid storage chamber to the outside. The present disclosure also relates to a system consisting of said liquid cartridge and a liquid consuming device.

背景技术Background technique

包括被构造成通过喷嘴喷射从墨盒供给的墨的记录头的打印机在本领域中是已知的。例如,日本专利申请公布特开2016-185650公开了一种墨盒,该墨盒被构造成附接到设置在打印机的主体处的盒附接部。在墨盒附接到盒附接部的状态下,设置在盒附接部处的墨针插入到设置在墨盒处的管状供墨部中。因此,能够通过墨针将墨从墨盒供给到记录头。盒附接部设有在墨针周围的位置处的中空筒形引导部。在墨盒附接到盒附接部的过程期间,管状供墨部由中空筒形引导部所引导。因此,墨针被引入到供墨部的内部空间中。A printer including a recording head configured to eject ink supplied from an ink cartridge through nozzles is known in the art. For example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-185650 discloses an ink cartridge configured to be attached to a cartridge attachment portion provided at a main body of a printer. In a state where the ink cartridge is attached to the cartridge attachment portion, an ink needle provided at the cartridge attachment portion is inserted into a tubular ink supply portion provided at the ink cartridge. Therefore, ink can be supplied from the ink cartridge to the recording head through the ink needle. The cartridge attachment portion is provided with a hollow cylindrical guide at a position around the ink needle. During the process of attaching the ink cartridge to the cartridge attachment portion, the tubular ink supply portion is guided by the hollow cylindrical guide portion. Therefore, the ink needle is introduced into the inner space of the ink supply part.

引用列表reference list

专利文献patent documents

专利文献1:日本专利申请公布特开2016-185650Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-185650

发明内容Contents of the invention

技术问题technical problem

当管状供墨部由中空筒形引导部引导时,供墨部的外周表面接触引导部的内周表面。通过这种接触,供墨部被相对于引导部固定就位。然而,如果通过供墨部的外周表面和引导部的内周表面之间的接触来执行供墨部的定位,则供墨部可能会相对于引导部晃动,因为周表面的用于将供墨部定位的区域很大。如果供墨部在墨盒附接到盒附接部期间相对于引导部晃动,则墨针可能碰撞到供墨部,使得粘附到墨针的末端上的墨可能粘附到供墨部的外周表面。在这种情况下,当将墨盒从盒附接部拆卸时,粘附在供墨部上的墨可能将使用者的手污染。When the tubular ink supply portion is guided by the hollow cylindrical guide portion, the outer peripheral surface of the ink supply portion contacts the inner peripheral surface of the guide portion. By this contact, the ink supply portion is fixed in position relative to the guide portion. However, if the positioning of the ink supply portion is performed by contact between the outer peripheral surface of the ink supply portion and the inner peripheral surface of the guide portion, the ink supply portion may shake relative to the guide portion because the peripheral surface acts to move the ink supply portion. The area for internal positioning is large. If the ink supply part shakes relative to the guide part during attachment of the ink cartridge to the cartridge attachment part, the ink needle may hit the ink supply part, so that the ink adhering to the tip of the ink needle may adhere to the outer periphery of the ink supply part surface. In this case, when the ink cartridge is detached from the cartridge attachment portion, the ink adhering to the ink supply portion may contaminate the user's hands.

鉴于上述情况,本公开的目的是提供一种液体盒,在将液体供给部引导到盒附接部的引导部时,该液体盒能够抑制液体供给部相对于液体供给管的晃动。In view of the above circumstances, an object of the present disclosure is to provide a liquid cartridge capable of suppressing shaking of the liquid supply portion relative to the liquid supply tube when the liquid supply portion is guided to the guide portion of the cartridge attachment portion.

问题的解决方案problem solution

(1)为了实现以上和其它目的,根据一个方面,本公开提供一种液体盒,所述液体盒被构造成在竖立姿态中在与重力方向垂直的向前方向上插入到盒附接部中。所述盒附接部具有在前后方向上延伸的液体供给管。所述液体盒包括:在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,盒体和液体供给部。所述盒体具有液体储存室,所述液体储存室被构造成在所述液体储存室中储存液体。所述液体供给部在所述液体供给部中限定液体通道。所述液体供给部被构造成通过所述液体通道将所述液体储存室中储存的所述液体在所述向前方向上供给到外部。所述液体供给部包括:前端面、外周表面和至少一个引导件。所述前端面面向前。所述液体通道在所述前后方向上延伸且在所述前端面上向前敞开。所述外周表面从所述前端面向后延伸。所述至少一个引导件被设置在所述液体供给部的所述外周表面处且在所述前后方向上延伸。所述至少一个引导件中的每一个引导件被构造成:在将所述液体盒附接到所述盒附接部时,在将所述液体供给管附接到所述液体供给部期间,所述每一个引导件由对应的至少一个凸起引导,所述至少一个凸起被设置在所述盒附接部处且在所述前后方向上延伸。所述凸起具有一个表面以及与所述一个表面交叉的另一个表面。所述至少一个引导件中的每一个引导件包括:第一引导部和第二引导部。第一引导部在所述前后方向上延伸且被构造成与所述一个表面接触。第二引导部在所述前后方向上延伸且被构造成与所述另一个表面接触。(1) In order to achieve the above and other objects, according to one aspect, the present disclosure provides a liquid cartridge configured to be inserted into a cartridge attachment portion in a forward direction perpendicular to a gravity direction in an erect posture. The cartridge attachment portion has a liquid supply tube extending in the front-rear direction. The liquid cartridge includes, in the upright posture of the liquid cartridge, a cartridge body and a liquid supply part. The cartridge has a liquid storage chamber configured to store liquid in the liquid storage chamber. The liquid supply portion defines a liquid passage in the liquid supply portion. The liquid supply portion is configured to supply the liquid stored in the liquid storage chamber to the outside in the forward direction through the liquid passage. The liquid supply part includes: a front end surface, an outer peripheral surface and at least one guide. The front end faces forward. The liquid passage extends in the front-rear direction and opens forward on the front end face. The outer peripheral surface extends rearwardly from the front end face. The at least one guide is provided at the outer peripheral surface of the liquid supply part and extends in the front-rear direction. Each of the at least one guide is configured to, when attaching the liquid cartridge to the cartridge attaching portion, during attaching the liquid supply tube to the liquid supply portion, Each of the guides is guided by a corresponding at least one protrusion provided at the cartridge attachment portion and extending in the front-rear direction. The protrusion has one surface and another surface intersecting the one surface. Each guide of the at least one guide includes a first guide and a second guide. The first guide extends in the front-rear direction and is configured to be in contact with the one surface. The second guide extends in the front-rear direction and is configured to be in contact with the other surface.

根据上述结构,在将液体供给管插入到液体供给部中期间,所述至少一个引导件由对应的凸起引导。也就是说,设置在液体供给部处的引导件用作用于将液体供给部定位的参考表面。在这种情况下,与液体供给部的外周表面用作参考表面的情况相比,用于将液体供给部定位的参考表面的面积能够较小。因此,能够将液体供给部明确地朝向液体供给管引导,以允许在液体供给部不会与液体供给管发生任何碰撞的情况下将液体供给管插入到液体通道中。According to the above structure, the at least one guide is guided by the corresponding protrusion during insertion of the liquid supply tube into the liquid supply portion. That is, the guide provided at the liquid supply portion serves as a reference surface for positioning the liquid supply portion. In this case, the area of the reference surface for positioning the liquid supply part can be smaller than in the case where the outer peripheral surface of the liquid supply part is used as the reference surface. Therefore, it is possible to clearly guide the liquid supply part toward the liquid supply tube to allow insertion of the liquid supply tube into the liquid channel without any collision of the liquid supply part with the liquid supply tube.

(2)优选地,所述至少一个引导件包括至少一个引导沟槽。所述第一引导部包括第一引导表面,所述第一引导表面在所述前后方向上延伸。所述第二引导部包括第二引导表面,所述第二引导表面在所述前后方向上延伸且与所述第一引导表面相交。(2) Preferably, the at least one guide includes at least one guide groove. The first guide portion includes a first guide surface extending in the front-rear direction. The second guide portion includes a second guide surface extending in the front-rear direction and intersecting the first guide surface.

(3)优选地,所述至少一个引导沟槽包括多个引导沟槽。所述多个引导沟槽包括第一引导沟槽、第二引导沟槽、第三引导沟槽和第四引导沟槽。在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第一引导沟槽相对于所述液体通道在与所述前后方向垂直的第一方向上与所述第四引导沟槽相反地定位。在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第二引导沟槽相对于所述液体通道在与所述前后方向及所述第一方向垂直的第二方向上与所述第三引导沟槽相反地定位。(3) Preferably, the at least one guide groove includes a plurality of guide grooves. The plurality of guide grooves include a first guide groove, a second guide groove, a third guide groove, and a fourth guide groove. In the erect posture of the liquid cartridge, the first guide groove is positioned opposite to the fourth guide groove in a first direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction with respect to the liquid passage. In the upright posture of the liquid cartridge, the second guide groove is aligned with the third guide groove in a second direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction and the first direction with respect to the liquid passage. The slots are located oppositely.

根据上述结构,液体供给部形成有四个引导沟槽。因此,能够将液体供给部确定地朝向液体供给管引导。According to the above structure, the liquid supply portion is formed with four guide grooves. Therefore, it is possible to surely guide the liquid supply portion toward the liquid supply pipe.

(4)优选地,所述至少一个引导件中的每一个引导件在与所述第一引导部垂直的方向以及与所述第二引导部垂直的方向上敞开。(4) Preferably, each of the at least one guide is open in a direction perpendicular to the first guide portion and in a direction perpendicular to the second guide portion.

根据上述结构,第一引导部和第二引导部中的每一个引导部都是敞开的。也就是说,引导件不具有与第一引导部及第二引导部面对的表面。因此,即使液体盒在液体盒相对于盒附接部倾斜的情况下进入到盒附接部中或者从盒附接部抽出,也能够抑制液体供给部和凸起之间的干涉。According to the above structure, each of the first guide portion and the second guide portion is opened. That is, the guide does not have a surface facing the first guide part and the second guide part. Therefore, even if the liquid cartridge enters into or is withdrawn from the cartridge attaching portion with the liquid cartridge inclined relative to the cartridge attaching portion, interference between the liquid supply portion and the protrusion can be suppressed.

(5)优选地,所述至少一个引导件包括四个引导沟槽。所述四个引导沟槽中的每一个引导沟槽具有前边缘,所述前边缘在所述液体供给部的所述前端面上敞开。在前视图中,所述四个引导沟槽中的每一个引导沟槽的所述前边缘在所述液体供给部的所述前端面上形成大致L形。当在所述前视图中时所述前端面具有大体矩形形状。所述四个引导沟槽的所述前边缘被设置在所述液体供给部的矩形形状的所述前端面的相应的四个拐角部中。(5) Preferably, the at least one guide includes four guide grooves. Each of the four guide grooves has a front edge which is opened on the front end face of the liquid supply part. The front edge of each of the four guide grooves forms a substantially L-shape on the front end face of the liquid supply portion in a front view. The front face has a generally rectangular shape when in the front view. The front edges of the four guide grooves are provided in the respective four corners of the front end face of the rectangular shape of the liquid supply part.

根据上述结构,每一个引导沟槽被形成在帽的每一个拐角处。因此,与引导沟槽被设置在帽的上表面、下表面、左表面和右表面中的每一个表面的中央部处的情况相比,能够使帽的外形简化。According to the above structure, each guide groove is formed at each corner of the cap. Therefore, compared with the case where the guide groove is provided at the central portion of each of the upper surface, the lower surface, the left surface, and the right surface of the cap, the outer shape of the cap can be simplified.

(6)优选地,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述液体供给部包括突起,所述突起在与所述前后方向交叉的方向上突出。所述突起具有上端表面和下端表面。所述突起的所述上端表面和所述下端表面中的至少一个端表面用作所述至少一个引导件中的一个引导件。(6) Preferably, in the erect posture of the liquid cartridge, the liquid supply portion includes a protrusion protruding in a direction intersecting the front-rear direction. The protrusion has an upper end surface and a lower end surface. At least one end surface of the upper end surface and the lower end surface of the protrusion serves as one of the at least one guide.

(7)优选地,所述液体供给部包括密封部,所述密封部形成有通孔,所述通孔被构造成使所述液体通道与所述液体供给部的外部连通并允许所述液体供给管延伸穿过所述通孔。所述密封部被构造成密封被设置在延伸穿过所述通孔的所述液体供给管和所述液体通道之间的间隙。所述密封部具有前端。在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第一引导部具有后端,所述后端位于所述密封部的所述前端的后方。(7) Preferably, the liquid supply part includes a sealing part formed with a through hole configured to communicate the liquid channel with the outside of the liquid supply part and allow the liquid A supply pipe extends through the through hole. The sealing portion is configured to seal a gap provided between the liquid supply pipe extending through the through hole and the liquid passage. The sealing portion has a front end. In the upright posture of the liquid cartridge, the first guide portion has a rear end located behind the front end of the sealing portion.

此外,根据上述实施例,第一引导部的后端位于密封部的前端的后方。由于在将液体盒附接到盒附接部期间,第一引导部由凸起引导,因此能够使密封部的位置稳定。因此,能够将液体供给管确定地引入到液体通道中。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, the rear end of the first guide portion is positioned behind the front end of the sealing portion. Since the first guide portion is guided by the protrusion during attachment of the liquid cartridge to the cartridge attachment portion, the position of the sealing portion can be stabilized. Therefore, it is possible to surely introduce the liquid supply pipe into the liquid passage.

(8)优选地,所述至少一个引导沟槽包括特定引导沟槽。所述特定引导沟槽进一步具有第三引导表面,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第三引导表面相对于所述第一引导表面向后定位且相对于所述前后方向倾斜。(8) Preferably, the at least one guide groove includes a specific guide groove. The specific guide groove further has a third guide surface positioned rearward with respect to the first guide surface and inclined with respect to the front-rear direction in the erect posture of the liquid cartridge .

根据上述结构,由于第三引导表面相对于前后方向倾斜,所以在第三引导表面和盒附接部之间提供了空间。因此,即使液体盒在液体盒相对于盒附接部倾斜的情况下进入到盒附接部中或者从盒附接部抽出,也能够抑制液体供给部和凸起之间的干涉。According to the above structure, since the third guide surface is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction, a space is provided between the third guide surface and the cartridge attachment portion. Therefore, even if the liquid cartridge enters into or is withdrawn from the cartridge attaching portion with the liquid cartridge inclined relative to the cartridge attaching portion, interference between the liquid supply portion and the protrusion can be suppressed.

(9)优选地,所述第三引导表面与所述特定引导沟槽的所述第一引导表面连续。(9) Preferably, the third guide surface is continuous with the first guide surface of the specific guide groove.

根据上述结构,能够平稳地执行将液体供给部朝向液体供给管的引导。According to the above structure, it is possible to smoothly perform the guiding of the liquid supply portion toward the liquid supply pipe.

(10)优选地,所述盒体包括:在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,第一底壁;和第二底壁。所述第二底壁相对于所述第一底壁向后且向下定位。所述第二底壁具有底表面,所述底表面相对于所述前后方向倾斜,使得所述底表面的后端相对于所述底表面的前端向上定位。所述第二底壁的所述底表面和所述前后方向限定角度。在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述液体供给部相对于所述第一底壁向下定位且相对于所述第二底壁向前定位。在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述特定引导沟槽在与所述第三引导表面垂直的方向上敞开。所述第三引导表面相对于所述前后方向倾斜,使得所述第三引导表面的后端相对于所述第三引导表面的前端向上定位。所述第三引导表面和所述前后方向限定比由所述第二底壁的所述底表面和所述前后方向限定的所述角度大的角度。(10) Preferably, the box body includes: in the upright posture of the liquid box, a first bottom wall; and a second bottom wall. The second bottom wall is positioned rearward and downward relative to the first bottom wall. The second bottom wall has a bottom surface inclined relative to the front-rear direction such that a rear end of the bottom surface is positioned upward relative to a front end of the bottom surface. The bottom surface of the second bottom wall and the front-rear direction define an angle. In the erect posture of the liquid cartridge, the liquid supply portion is positioned downward relative to the first bottom wall and forward relative to the second bottom wall. In the erect posture of the liquid cartridge, the specific guide groove opens in a direction perpendicular to the third guide surface. The third guide surface is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction such that a rear end of the third guide surface is positioned upward relative to a front end of the third guide surface. The third guide surface and the front-rear direction define an angle larger than the angle defined by the bottom surface of the second bottom wall and the front-rear direction.

根据上述结构,即使液体盒以液体盒的倾斜姿态附接到盒附接部以及从盒附接部拆卸,也能够防止第三引导表面和凸起之间的干涉,使得第二底壁的底表面抵靠盒附接部。According to the above structure, even if the liquid cartridge is attached to and detached from the cartridge attaching portion in an inclined posture of the liquid cartridge, interference between the third guide surface and the protrusion can be prevented so that the bottom of the second bottom wall The surface abuts against the cartridge attachment.

(11)优选地,所述盒体能够相对于所述盒附接部枢转地移动。所述盒体包括接合部,所述接合部被构造成通过所述盒体的相对于所述盒附接部的枢转移动而与所述盒附接部接合。(11) Preferably, the case body is pivotally movable relative to the case attachment portion. The case body includes an engagement portion configured to engage with the case attachment portion by pivotal movement of the case body relative to the case attachment portion.

根据上述结构,在将液体盒附接到盒附接部以及将液体盒从盒附接部拆卸期间,盒体枢转移动成倾斜。然而,即使盒体如上所述通过枢转移动而倾斜,也能够抑制液体供给部与凸起的干涉。According to the above structure, during attachment and detachment of the liquid cartridge to and from the cartridge attachment portion, the cartridge body pivotally moves to be inclined. However, even if the cartridge body is tilted by pivotal movement as described above, interference of the liquid supply portion with the protrusion can be suppressed.

(12)优选地,所述液体供给部包括:套筒、密封部和帽。所述套筒从所述盒体延伸。所述套筒具有中空构造,所述中空构造限定内部空间,所述内部空间用作所述液体通道。所述密封部形成有通孔,所述通孔被构造成使所述液体通道与所述液体供给部的外部连通并允许所述液体供给管延伸穿过所述通孔。所述帽被构造成在所述密封部介于所述帽和所述套筒之间的情况下覆盖所述套筒,以固定所述密封部。所述帽的外周表面用作所述液体供给部的设有所述至少一个引导件的所述外周表面。(12) Preferably, the liquid supply part includes: a sleeve, a sealing part and a cap. The sleeve extends from the case. The sleeve has a hollow configuration defining an inner space serving as the liquid passage. The sealing portion is formed with a through hole configured to communicate the liquid passage with the outside of the liquid supply portion and allow the liquid supply tube to extend through the through hole. The cap is configured to cover the sleeve with the sealing portion interposed between the cap and the sleeve to secure the sealing portion. The outer peripheral surface of the cap serves as the outer peripheral surface of the liquid supply portion provided with the at least one guide.

(13)优选地,所述盒体包括:电路板;和顶壁,所述电路板被设置在所述顶壁处。在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述至少一个引导件包括一个引导件和另一个引导件。所述一个引导件和所述另一个引导件中的每一个引导件被设置在所述电路板的在与上下方向及所述前后方向垂直的宽度方向上的外侧的位置处。所述一个引导件和所述另一个引导件被设置在相对于所述电路板而言的在所述宽度方向上的两个相反侧上。(13) Preferably, the box body includes: a circuit board; and a top wall at which the circuit board is disposed. In the erect posture of the liquid cartridge, the at least one guide includes one guide and another guide. Each of the one guide and the other guide is provided at a position outside of the circuit board in a width direction perpendicular to the up-down direction and the front-rear direction. The one guide and the other guide are provided on two opposite sides in the width direction with respect to the circuit board.

根据上述结构,在将液体盒附接到盒附接部以及将液体盒从盒附接部拆卸期间,所述一个引导件和所述另一个引导件中的每一个引导件在电路板的在左右方向上的外侧的位置处接触对应的凸起。因此,在液体盒的附接或拆卸期间,能够抑制电路板在宽度方向上的倾斜。According to the above structure, during attachment of the liquid cartridge to and detachment of the liquid cartridge from the cartridge attachment portion, each of the one guide and the other guide is placed on the circuit board. The position on the outer side in the left-right direction contacts the corresponding protrusion. Therefore, during attachment or detachment of the liquid cartridge, inclination of the circuit board in the width direction can be suppressed.

(14)优选地,所述液体供给部包括帽和吸收器。所述帽具有内部空间。所述吸收器被设置在所述帽的所述内部空间中,并且所述吸收器被构造成吸收液体。(14) Preferably, the liquid supply part includes a cap and an absorber. The cap has an interior space. The absorber is disposed in the interior space of the cap, and the absorber is configured to absorb liquid.

根据上述结构,吸收器能够吸收从液体供给部泄漏的液体。因此,能够减少从液体供给部泄漏的液体到液体盒外部的流动。According to the above structure, the absorber can absorb the liquid leaked from the liquid supply part. Therefore, the flow of the liquid leaked from the liquid supply part to the outside of the liquid cartridge can be reduced.

(15)优选地,所述帽具有周缘部,所述周缘部限定开口,所述开口被构造成使所述帽的所述内部空间与所述帽的外部连通。所述吸收器包括第一吸收器,所述第一吸收器与限定所述开口的所述周缘部相邻地设置。(15) Preferably, the cap has a peripheral portion defining an opening configured to communicate the internal space of the cap with the exterior of the cap. The absorber includes a first absorber disposed adjacent to the peripheral portion defining the opening.

从液体供给部泄漏的液体通过开口流动到液体盒的外部。根据上述结构,第一吸收器能够吸收通过开口的液体。The liquid leaked from the liquid supply part flows to the outside of the liquid cartridge through the opening. According to the above structure, the first absorber can absorb liquid passing through the opening.

(16)优选地,所述吸收器包括第二吸收器,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第二吸收器位于所述液体通道的下方。(16) Preferably, the absorber includes a second absorber, and the second absorber is located below the liquid channel in the upright posture of the liquid box.

从液体供给部泄漏的大部分液体由于重力而向下流动。根据上述结构,第二吸收器设置在帽的内部空间处且设置在相对于液体通道向下的位置处。因此,从液体供给部泄漏并向下流动的液体能够被第二吸收器吸收。Most of the liquid leaked from the liquid supply flows downward due to gravity. According to the above structure, the second absorber is provided at the inner space of the cap at a position downward with respect to the liquid passage. Therefore, the liquid that leaks from the liquid supply part and flows downward can be absorbed by the second absorber.

(17)优选地,所述帽具有内周表面和周缘部,所述内周表面限定所述内部空间,所述周缘部限定开口,所述开口被构造成使所述帽的所述内部空间与所述帽的外部连通。所述帽的所述内周表面形成有沟槽,所述沟槽从限定所述开口的所述周缘部延伸到所述第二吸收器。(17) Preferably, the cap has an inner peripheral surface defining the inner space and a peripheral portion defining an opening configured to make the inner space of the cap communicates with the exterior of the cap. The inner peripheral surface of the cap is formed with a groove extending from the peripheral portion defining the opening to the second absorber.

此外,根据上述结构,能够将从液体供给部泄漏的液体通过沟槽导引到第二吸收器。Furthermore, according to the above structure, the liquid leaked from the liquid supply part can be guided to the second absorber through the groove.

(18)根据另一方面,本公开提供一种系统,所述系统由液体盒和液体消耗装置构造。所述液体消耗装置包括所述盒附接部。所述盒附接部包括:所述液体供给管和所述至少一个凸起。在所述液体盒被附接到所述盒附接部的状态下,所述液体供给管被连接到所述液体盒的所述液体供给部。所述至少一个凸起具有所述一个表面以及与所述一个表面垂直的所述另一个表面。所述至少一个凸起被构造成:在将所述液体盒附接到所述盒附接部期间,所述至少一个凸起引导所述液体盒的所述至少一个引导件。(18) According to another aspect, the present disclosure provides a system configured from a liquid cartridge and a liquid consuming device. The liquid consuming device includes the cartridge attachment portion. The cartridge attachment portion includes: the liquid supply tube and the at least one protrusion. The liquid supply tube is connected to the liquid supply portion of the liquid cartridge in a state where the liquid cartridge is attached to the cartridge attachment portion. The at least one protrusion has the one surface and the other surface perpendicular to the one surface. The at least one protrusion is configured to guide the at least one guide of the liquid cartridge during attachment of the liquid cartridge to the cartridge attachment portion.

发明的有益效果Beneficial Effects of the Invention

在将液体供给部引导到盒附接部的引导部时,根据本公开的液体盒能够抑制液体供给部相对于液体供给管的晃动。The liquid cartridge according to the present disclosure can suppress shaking of the liquid supply part relative to the liquid supply tube when the liquid supply part is guided to the guide part of the cartridge attachment part.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是示出打印机10的内部结构的示意性竖直截面图,该打印机10设有盒附接部110,根据一个实施例的墨盒30可拆卸地附接到该盒附接部110;1 is a schematic vertical sectional view showing the internal structure of a printer 10 provided with a cartridge attachment portion 110 to which an ink cartridge 30 according to an embodiment is detachably attached;

图2是从其后侧观察的根据实施例的盒附接部110的截面图;2 is a cross-sectional view of the cartridge attachment portion 110 according to the embodiment, viewed from its rear side;

图3是根据实施例的盒附接部110和墨盒30的竖直截面图,示出了墨盒30已经完全附接到盒附接部110的状态;3 is a vertical sectional view of the cartridge attachment portion 110 and the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment, showing a state where the ink cartridge 30 has been completely attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110;

图4是从其前侧观察的根据实施例的墨盒30的透视图;FIG. 4 is a perspective view of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment viewed from its front side;

图5是从其后侧观察的根据实施例的墨盒30的透视图;FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment viewed from its rear side;

图6是根据实施例的墨盒30的左侧视图;FIG. 6 is a left side view of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment;

图7是根据实施例的墨盒30的分解透视图;FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment;

图8A是从其底侧观察的根据实施例的墨盒30的第一内盖131的透视图;8A is a perspective view of the first inner cover 131 of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment viewed from the bottom side thereof;

图8B是从其顶侧观察的第一内盖131的透视图;FIG. 8B is a perspective view of the first inner cover 131 viewed from its top side;

图9A是从其底侧观察的根据实施例的墨盒30的第二内盖132的透视图;9A is a perspective view of the second inner cover 132 of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment viewed from the bottom side thereof;

图9B是从其顶侧观察的第二内盖132的透视图;FIG. 9B is a perspective view of the second inner cover 132 viewed from its top side;

图9C是沿着图9B中的线C-C截取的在第二内盖132中形成的迷宫路径143的截面图;FIG. 9C is a cross-sectional view of the labyrinth path 143 formed in the second inner cover 132 along line C-C in FIG. 9B;

图10是根据实施例的墨盒30的竖直截面图;10 is a vertical sectional view of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment;

图11是沿着图6中的线XI-XI截取的根据实施例的墨盒30的截面图;FIG. 11 is a sectional view of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment taken along line XI-XI in FIG. 6;

图12是从其前侧观察的根据实施例的墨盒30的供墨部34的分解透视图;12 is an exploded perspective view of the ink supply portion 34 of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment, viewed from its front side;

图13A是从其后侧观察的根据实施例的墨盒30的帽79的透视图;FIG. 13A is a perspective view of the cap 79 of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment viewed from its rear side;

图13B是从其前侧观察的帽79的透视图;FIG. 13B is a perspective view of the cap 79 viewed from its front side;

图14是沿着图6中的线XIV-XIV截取的根据实施例的墨盒30的截面图;FIG. 14 is a sectional view of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment taken along line XIV-XIV in FIG. 6;

图15是根据实施例的在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的过程期间的盒附接部110的竖直截面图和墨盒30的左侧视图;15 is a vertical sectional view of the cartridge attachment portion 110 and a left side view of the ink cartridge 30 during a process of attaching the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attachment portion 110 according to the embodiment;

图16是根据实施例的在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的过程期间的盒附接部110与墨盒30的竖直截面图;16 is a vertical sectional view of the cartridge attachment part 110 and the ink cartridge 30 during the process of attaching the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attachment part 110 according to the embodiment;

图17是根据实施例的在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的过程期间的盒附接部110和墨盒30的竖直截面图,示出了供墨部34已经连接到墨针102但阀体161尚未移动到它的打开位置的状态;17 is a vertical sectional view of the cartridge attachment portion 110 and the ink cartridge 30 during the process of attaching the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attachment portion 110 according to an embodiment, showing that the ink supply portion 34 has been connected to the ink needle 102 but The state in which the valve body 161 has not moved to its open position;

图18是根据实施例的在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的过程期间的盒附接部110的竖直截面图和墨盒30的左侧视图,示出了墨盒30已经在盒附接部110内枢转地移动的状态;18 is a vertical cross-sectional view of the cartridge attachment portion 110 and a left side view of the ink cartridge 30 during the process of attaching the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attachment portion 110 according to an embodiment, showing that the ink cartridge 30 has been attached to the cartridge. A state of pivotally moving within the portion 110;

图19是根据实施例的在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的过程期间的盒附接部110和墨盒30的竖直截面图,示出了根据实施例的墨盒30已经在盒附接部110内枢转地移动的状态;19 is a vertical sectional view of the cartridge attachment portion 110 and the ink cartridge 30 during the process of attaching the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attachment portion 110 according to the embodiment, showing that the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment has been attached to the cartridge. A state of pivotally moving within the portion 110;

图20是根据实施例的盒附接部110的竖直截面图和墨盒30的左侧视图,示出了墨盒30已经完全附接到盒附接部110的状态;20 is a vertical sectional view of the cartridge attachment portion 110 and a left side view of the ink cartridge 30 according to the embodiment, showing a state where the ink cartridge 30 has been completely attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110;

图21是墨盒30的竖直截面图,示出了盒壳体130的变体;FIG. 21 is a vertical sectional view of the ink cartridge 30 showing a modification of the cartridge housing 130;

图22是墨盒30的左侧视图,示出了挡光板67的变体;FIG. 22 is a left side view of the ink cartridge 30 showing a modification of the light barrier 67;

图23是从其前侧观察的根据墨盒30的一个变体的墨盒30K的透视图,在该墨盒30K中储存黑色墨;23 is a perspective view of an ink cartridge 30K according to a modification of the ink cartridge 30, in which black ink is stored, viewed from its front side;

图24是沿着图23中的线XXIV-XXIV截取的根据该变体的墨盒30K的截面图;FIG. 24 is a sectional view of the ink cartridge 30K according to the modification, taken along line XXIV-XXIV in FIG. 23;

图25是沿着图23中的线XXV-XXV截取的根据该变体的墨盒30K的截面图;FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of the ink cartridge 30K according to the modification, taken along line XXV-XXV in FIG. 23;

图26A是根据第一内盖131的第一变体的第一内盖1131的底视图;26A is a bottom view of the first inner cover 1131 according to the first variation of the first inner cover 131;

图26B是根据第一内盖131的第二变体的第一内盖2131的底视图;26B is a bottom view of the first inner cover 2131 according to the second variation of the first inner cover 131;

图26C是根据第一内盖131的第三变体的第一内盖3131的底视图;26C is a bottom view of the first inner cover 3131 according to the third variation of the first inner cover 131;

图27A是从其前侧观察的根据墨盒30的第一变型的墨盒230的透视图;27A is a perspective view of an ink cartridge 230 according to a first modification of the ink cartridge 30 viewed from its front side;

图27B是从其前侧观察的根据墨盒30的第二变型的墨盒430的透视图;并且27B is a perspective view of an ink cartridge 430 according to a second modification of the ink cartridge 30 viewed from its front side; and

图28是示出引导部575由对应的凸起105引导的状态的用于描述的视图。FIG. 28 is a view for description showing a state where the guide portion 575 is guided by the corresponding protrusion 105 .

附图标记列表List of reference signs

10:打印机10: Printer

30:墨盒30: Cartridge

32:第一储存室32: The first storage room

33:第二储存室33: The second storage room

34:供墨部34: ink supply department

35:墨阀室35: ink valve chamber

79:帽79: cap

102:墨针102: ink needle

105:凸起105: Raised

110:盒附接部110: box attaching part

130:壳体130: Shell

134:外盖134: outer cover

175:引导沟槽175: Guide groove

176:第一引导表面176: first guide surface

177:第二引导表面177: Second guide surface

具体实施方式Detailed ways

将参考图1至图22描述根据一个实施例的墨盒30和打印机10,墨盒30能够可拆卸地附接到打印机10,其中相同的部分和部件由相同的附图标记表示,以避免重复描述。在实施例中,墨盒30和打印机10的组合构成了系统1。An ink cartridge 30 detachably attachable to the printer 10 and a printer 10 according to one embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 22 , wherein like parts and components are denoted by like reference numerals to avoid duplication of description. In an embodiment, the combination of the ink cartridge 30 and the printer 10 constitutes the system 1 .

在下面的描述中,将墨盒30插入到打印机10的盒附接部110中的方向被定义为“向前方向51”,而将墨盒30从盒附接部110移除的方向被定义为“向后方向52”。向前方向51和向后方向52彼此相反。如稍后将描述的,在水平方向上将墨盒30插入到盒附接部110中以及从盒附接部110移除。因此,向前方向51和向后方向52被认为是与垂直于重力方向的水平面平行的方向。此外,垂直于向前方向51或向后方向52的方向被定义为“向下方向53”。与向下方向53相反的方向被定义为“向上方向54”。垂直于向前方向51和向下方向53的方向被定义为“向右方向55”。与向右方向55相反的方向被定义为“向左方向56”。向右方向55和向左方向56也与水平面平行。In the following description, the direction of inserting the ink cartridge 30 into the cartridge attachment portion 110 of the printer 10 is defined as “forward direction 51 ”, and the direction of removing the ink cartridge 30 from the cartridge attachment portion 110 is defined as “ 52" in the rearward direction. The forward direction 51 and the rearward direction 52 are opposite to each other. As will be described later, the ink cartridge 30 is inserted into and removed from the cartridge attachment portion 110 in the horizontal direction. Therefore, the forward direction 51 and the rearward direction 52 are considered to be directions parallel to a horizontal plane perpendicular to the direction of gravity. Furthermore, a direction perpendicular to the forward direction 51 or the rearward direction 52 is defined as a "downward direction 53". The direction opposite to the downward direction 53 is defined as "upward direction 54". A direction perpendicular to the forward direction 51 and the downward direction 53 is defined as "rightward direction 55". The direction opposite to the right direction 55 is defined as "left direction 56". The rightward direction 55 and the leftward direction 56 are also parallel to the horizontal plane.

因此,在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的状态下,也就是说,在墨盒30能够被打印机10使用或操作的状态下,向下方向53与重力作用在墨盒30上的方向(即重力方向)重合,并且向上方向54与与重力方向相反的方向重合。因此,在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110并且能够被打印机10使用的状态下,盒壳体130(稍后描述)的主底壁部42(稍后描述)的外表面面向下,也就是说面向重力方向。此外,在该状态下,向前方向51和向后方向52与重力方向垂直。Therefore, in the state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110, that is, in the state where the ink cartridge 30 can be used or operated by the printer 10, the downward direction 53 is the same as the direction in which gravity acts on the ink cartridge 30 (ie, The direction of gravity) coincides, and the upward direction 54 coincides with the direction opposite to the direction of gravity. Therefore, in the state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 and can be used by the printer 10, the outer surface of the main bottom wall portion 42 (described later) of the cartridge case 130 (described later) faces downward, and also That is to say, facing the direction of gravity. Also, in this state, the forward direction 51 and the rearward direction 52 are perpendicular to the gravitational direction.

此外,向右方向55和向左方向56被定义为与向前方向51和向下方向53垂直的方向。更具体地,在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110并且能够被打印机10使用的状态下,当从墨盒30的后侧观察墨盒30时,向右方向55是朝向右的方向,并且向左方向56是朝向左的方向。Furthermore, a rightward direction 55 and a leftward direction 56 are defined as directions perpendicular to the forward direction 51 and the downward direction 53 . More specifically, in a state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 and can be used by the printer 10, when the ink cartridge 30 is viewed from the rear side of the ink cartridge 30, the rightward direction 55 is a direction toward the right, and a direction toward the left Direction 56 is toward the left.

注意,墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的状态或者墨盒30能够被打印机10操作的状态意指墨盒30在墨盒30已经完全插入到盒附接部110中的附接位置中时的状态。在附接位置处,设置在盒附接部110处的墨针102插入到墨盒30的供墨部34中以联接到供墨部34,并且设置在墨盒30处的IC板64(稍后描述)与设置在盒附接部110处的接触部106(稍后描述)接触。在下文中,墨盒30的在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的状态下或者在墨盒30能够被打印机10操作的状态下的姿态被称为“操作姿态”。墨盒30的操作姿态也将被称为“竖立姿态”。Note that the state in which the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 or the state in which the ink cartridge 30 can be handled by the printer 10 means the state of the ink cartridge 30 when the ink cartridge 30 has been completely inserted into the attachment position in the cartridge attachment portion 110 . At the attached position, the ink needle 102 provided at the cartridge attaching portion 110 is inserted into the ink supply portion 34 of the ink cartridge 30 to be coupled to the ink supply portion 34, and the IC board 64 (described later) provided at the ink cartridge 30 ) is in contact with a contact portion 106 (described later) provided at the cartridge attachment portion 110 . Hereinafter, the posture of the ink cartridge 30 in a state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 or in a state where the ink cartridge 30 can be operated by the printer 10 is referred to as an “operating posture”. The operating posture of the ink cartridge 30 will also be referred to as "erect posture".

此外,向前方向51和向后方向52可以被统称为“前后方向”。向上方向54和向下方向53可以被统称为“上下方向”。向右方向55和向左方向56可以被统称为“左右方向”。Also, the forward direction 51 and the rearward direction 52 may be collectively referred to as "rearward direction". The upward direction 54 and the downward direction 53 may be collectively referred to as "upward and downward directions". The right direction 55 and the left direction 56 may be collectively referred to as "left and right directions".

此外,在下面的描述中,表述“面向前”的意思是“面向包含向前分量的方向”,表述“面向后”的意思是“面向包含向后分量的方向”。此外,表述“面向下”的意思是“面向包含向下分量的方向”,并且表述“面向上”的意思是“面向包含向上分量的方向”。例如,短语“前表面面向前”表示前表面可以面向向前方向,或者前表面可以面向相对于向前方向倾斜的方向,只要该方向包含向前分量即可。Also, in the following description, the expression "facing forward" means "facing in a direction including a forward component", and the expression "facing backward" means "facing in a direction including a backward component". Furthermore, the expression "facing downward" means "facing in a direction containing a downward component", and the expression "facing upward" means "facing in a direction containing an upward component". For example, the phrase "the front surface faces forward" means that the front surface can face in a forward direction, or that the front surface can face in a direction that is oblique to the forward direction, so long as the direction includes a forward component.

<打印机10的概述><Overview of Printer 10>

如图1中所示,打印机10是图像记录装置,其被构造成基于喷墨记录系统而选择性地将墨滴喷射到记录片材上,以在该记录片材上记录图像。打印机10例如是喷墨打印机。打印机10包括记录头21、供墨装置100和墨管20,该墨管20将记录头21连接到供墨装置100。供墨装置100包括盒附接部110。盒附接部110能够可拆卸地容纳多个墨盒30。盒附接部110在其一侧具有开口112。通过开口112,每一个墨盒30能够在向前方向51上插入到盒附接部110中,并且在向后方向52上从盒附接部110移除。在实施例中,与青色、品红色、黄色和黑色四种颜色分别对应的四个墨盒30能够被容纳在供墨装置100的盒附接部110中。为了解释的目的,除非另有说明,在下面的描述和附图中,假设仅将一个墨盒30附接到盒附接部110。As shown in FIG. 1 , the printer 10 is an image recording device configured to selectively eject ink droplets onto a recording sheet based on an inkjet recording system to record an image on the recording sheet. The printer 10 is, for example, an inkjet printer. The printer 10 includes a recording head 21 , an ink supply device 100 , and an ink tube 20 that connects the recording head 21 to the ink supply device 100 . The ink supply device 100 includes a cartridge attachment portion 110 . The cartridge attachment portion 110 can detachably accommodate a plurality of ink cartridges 30 . The cartridge attachment portion 110 has an opening 112 on one side thereof. Through the opening 112 , each ink cartridge 30 can be inserted into the cartridge attachment portion 110 in the forward direction 51 and removed from the cartridge attachment portion 110 in the rearward direction 52 . In the embodiment, four ink cartridges 30 respectively corresponding to four colors of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black can be accommodated in the cartridge attachment portion 110 of the ink supply device 100 . For the purpose of explanation, unless otherwise specified, in the following description and drawings, it is assumed that only one ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 .

墨盒30在其中储存液体。具体地,墨盒30在其中储存能够用于打印机10中所执行的打印操作的墨。当墨盒30已经完全附接到盒附接部110时,墨盒30通过对应的墨管20连接到记录头21。记录头21具有多个(在该实施例中为四个)阻尼室28,所述多个阻尼室28对应于所述多个墨盒30。每一个阻尼室28适应于临时储存从对应的墨盒30通过对应的墨管20供给的墨。记录头21还包括多个喷嘴29,通过所述多个喷嘴29选择性地喷射从相应的阻尼室28供给的墨。更具体地,记录头21设有头控制板(未示出)以及多个压电元件29A,所述多个压电元件29A与所述多个喷嘴29一一对应。头控制板被构造成选择性地向所述多个压电元件29A施加驱动电压,以选择性地从喷嘴29喷射墨。以此方式,记录头21被构造成消耗储存在已经附接到盒附接部110的每一个墨盒30中的墨。The ink cartridge 30 stores liquid therein. Specifically, the ink cartridge 30 stores therein ink that can be used for a printing operation performed in the printer 10 . When the ink cartridge 30 has been completely attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the ink cartridge 30 is connected to the recording head 21 through the corresponding ink tube 20 . The recording head 21 has a plurality of (four in this embodiment) damping chambers 28 corresponding to the plurality of ink cartridges 30 . Each damper chamber 28 is adapted to temporarily store ink supplied from a corresponding ink cartridge 30 through a corresponding ink tube 20 . The recording head 21 also includes a plurality of nozzles 29 through which the ink supplied from the corresponding damper chamber 28 is selectively ejected. More specifically, the recording head 21 is provided with a head control board (not shown) and a plurality of piezoelectric elements 29A in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of nozzles 29 . The head control board is configured to selectively apply a driving voltage to the plurality of piezoelectric elements 29A to selectively eject ink from the nozzles 29 . In this way, the recording head 21 is configured to consume the ink stored in each ink cartridge 30 that has been attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 .

打印机10包括片材进给托盘15、片材进给辊23、一对传送辊25、压板26、一对排出辊27和片材排出托盘16。片材进给辊23将记录片材从片材进给托盘15进给到传送路径24上。然后,传送到传送路径24的记录片材由一对传送辊25接收。一对传送辊25将记录片材传送到压板26上方。随着记录片材经过压板26,记录头21选择性地将墨喷射到记录片材上,从而将图像记录在记录片材上。一对排出辊27接收已经经过了压板26的记录片材,并将该记录片材排出到片材排出托盘16上,该片材排出托盘16设置在传送路径24中的最下游的位置处。The printer 10 includes a sheet feed tray 15 , sheet feed rollers 23 , a pair of transport rollers 25 , a platen 26 , a pair of discharge rollers 27 , and a sheet discharge tray 16 . The sheet feeding roller 23 feeds the recording sheet from the sheet feeding tray 15 onto the transport path 24 . Then, the recording sheet transported to the transport path 24 is received by a pair of transport rollers 25 . A pair of transport rollers 25 transports the recording sheet over a platen 26 . As the recording sheet passes the platen 26, the recording head 21 selectively ejects ink onto the recording sheet, thereby recording an image on the recording sheet. A pair of discharge rollers 27 receives the recording sheet that has passed the platen 26 and discharges the recording sheet onto the sheet discharge tray 16 provided at the most downstream position in the transport path 24 .

<供墨装置100><Ink supply device 100>

如图1中所示,供墨装置100设置在打印机10中。供墨装置100被构造成向记录头21供给墨。供墨装置100包括盒附接部110、多个(在本实施例中为四个)罐103以及多个(在本实施例中为四个)墨管20。墨盒30能够可拆卸地附接到盒附接部110。注意,图1示出了墨盒30已经完全附接到盒附接部110的状态。也就是说,在图1中,墨盒30处于其附接状态,在该附接状态下,墨盒30已经完全附接到盒附接部110。换句话说,图1中所示的墨盒30处于其上述操作姿态。As shown in FIG. 1 , an ink supply device 100 is provided in the printer 10 . The ink supply device 100 is configured to supply ink to the recording head 21 . The ink supply device 100 includes a cartridge attachment portion 110 , a plurality (four in this embodiment) of tanks 103 , and a plurality (four in this embodiment) of ink tubes 20 . The ink cartridge 30 is detachably attachable to the cartridge attachment portion 110 . Note that FIG. 1 shows a state where the ink cartridge 30 has been completely attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 . That is, in FIG. 1 , the ink cartridge 30 is in its attached state in which the ink cartridge 30 has been completely attached to the cartridge attaching portion 110 . In other words, the ink cartridge 30 shown in FIG. 1 is in its above-described operation posture.

<盒附接部110><cartridge attaching part 110>

如图1至图3中所示,盒附接部110包括壳体101、多个(在本实施例中为四个)墨针102、多个(在本实施例中为四个)凸起板111、多个(在本实施例中为四个)光学传感器113以及多组(在本实施例中为四组)接触部106。如上所述,与四种颜色(即青色、品红色、黄色和黑色)的墨对应的四种类型的墨盒30能够可拆卸地安装在盒附接部110中。四个墨针102、四个凸起板111和四个光学传感器113被设置成与四个墨盒30一一对应。为一个墨盒30提供四个接触部106。因此,为四个墨盒30提供了四组四个接触部106,即总共16个(十六个)接触部106。四个罐103和四根墨管20被设置成与四个墨盒30一一对应。As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3 , the cartridge attachment portion 110 includes a housing 101, a plurality (four in this embodiment) of ink needles 102, a plurality (four in this embodiment) of protrusions. A board 111 , a plurality of (four in this embodiment) optical sensors 113 , and a plurality of (four in this embodiment) sets of contact portions 106 . As described above, four types of ink cartridges 30 corresponding to inks of four colors (ie, cyan, magenta, yellow, and black) can be detachably mounted in the cartridge attachment portion 110 . Four ink needles 102 , four raised plates 111 and four optical sensors 113 are provided in one-to-one correspondence with the four ink cartridges 30 . Four contact portions 106 are provided for one ink cartridge 30 . Therefore, four sets of four contact portions 106 are provided for four ink cartridges 30 , that is, 16 (sixteen) contact portions 106 in total. Four tanks 103 and four ink tubes 20 are provided in one-to-one correspondence with the four ink cartridges 30 .

<壳体101><Shell 101>

如图2中所示,壳体101构成了盒附接部110的外壳。壳体101具有限定内部空间的大体盒状形状。壳体101具有内顶表面57、内底表面、内右侧表面107、内左侧表面108、内端表面59和开口112。内顶表面57限定壳体101的内部空间的顶部。内底表面限定壳体101的内部空间的底部。内右侧表面107限定壳体101的内部空间的右部。内左侧表面108限定壳体101的内部空间的左部。内端表面59使内顶表面57、内底表面、内右侧表面107和内左侧表面108连接。开口112形成在壳体101中且形成于在前后方向上面向内端面59的位置处。开口112能够被暴露于打印机10的使用者界面表面,使用者在操作打印机10时能够面向该使用者界面表面。As shown in FIG. 2 , the housing 101 constitutes an outer casing of the cartridge attachment portion 110 . The housing 101 has a generally box-like shape defining an inner space. Housing 101 has an inner top surface 57 , an inner bottom surface, an inner right side surface 107 , an inner left side surface 108 , an inner end surface 59 and an opening 112 . The inner top surface 57 defines the top of the interior space of the housing 101 . The inner bottom surface defines the bottom of the inner space of the housing 101 . The inner right side surface 107 defines the right portion of the inner space of the housing 101 . The inner left side surface 108 defines the left portion of the inner space of the housing 101 . Inner end surface 59 connects inner top surface 57 , inner bottom surface, inner right side surface 107 and inner left side surface 108 . The opening 112 is formed in the housing 101 at a position facing the inner end surface 59 in the front-rear direction. The opening 112 can be exposed to a user interface surface of the printer 10 , which a user can face when operating the printer 10 .

每一个墨盒30能够通过开口112插入到壳体101中以及从壳体101移除。壳体101具有底部,该底部形成有多个(在本实施例中为四个)引导沟槽109,所述多个引导沟槽109用于引导墨盒30的相对于壳体101的插入和移除。随着墨盒30的下端部插入到对应的引导沟槽109中,由对应的引导沟槽109引导相应的墨盒30在前后方向(即,在图2中是与片材表面垂直的方向)上的移动。壳体101具有三个板104(图2),这三个板104将内部空间分隔成四个单独的空间,每一个单独的空间在上下方向上伸长。由板104分隔的四个空间中的每一个空间能够接收四个墨盒30中的对应的一个墨盒。Each ink cartridge 30 can be inserted into and removed from the housing 101 through the opening 112 . The housing 101 has a bottom formed with a plurality of (four in this embodiment) guide grooves 109 for guiding the insertion and displacement of the ink cartridge 30 relative to the housing 101. remove. As the lower ends of the ink cartridges 30 are inserted into the corresponding guide grooves 109, the corresponding ink cartridges 30 are guided by the corresponding guide grooves 109 in the front-rear direction (that is, the direction perpendicular to the sheet surface in FIG. 2 ). move. The housing 101 has three plates 104 ( FIG. 2 ) which partition the inner space into four individual spaces each elongated in the up-down direction. Each of the four spaces partitioned by the plate 104 is capable of receiving a corresponding one of the four ink cartridges 30 .

<墨针102><ink needle 102>

如图2和图3中所示,每一个墨针102具有中空管状形状并且设置在壳体101的端壁(即具有内端表面59的壁)的下端部处。在壳体101的端壁处,墨针102布置在与被容纳在盒附接部110中的墨盒30的对应的供墨部34对应的位置处。每一个墨针102从壳体101的内端表面59向后突出并在其远端(即后端)处敞开。顺便提及,每一个墨针102可以具有平坦形末端或尖末端。As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 , each ink needle 102 has a hollow tubular shape and is provided at the lower end of the end wall (ie, the wall having the inner end surface 59 ) of the housing 101 . At the end wall of the housing 101 , the ink needle 102 is arranged at a position corresponding to the corresponding ink supply portion 34 of the ink cartridge 30 accommodated in the cartridge attachment portion 110 . Each ink needle 102 protrudes rearward from the inner end surface 59 of the housing 101 and opens at its distal end (ie, rear end). Incidentally, each ink needle 102 may have a flat-shaped end or a pointed end.

如图2中所示,在壳体101的内右侧表面107、内左侧表面108和板104上形成有多个凸起105。凸起105设置在壳体101处且在墨针102附近。在该实施例中,为每一个墨针102提供四个凸起105。更具体地,当在将墨盒30插入到盒附接部110中的插入方向(即向前方向51)上观察时,四个凸起105分别位于相对于每一个墨针102的右上侧处、左上侧处、右下侧处和左下侧处。具体地,四个凸起105包括凸起105A、凸起105B、凸起105C和凸起105D。凸起105A设置在相对于墨针102的右上侧处。凸起105B设置在相对于墨针102的左上侧处。凸起105C设置在相对于墨针102的右下侧处。凸起105D设置在相对于墨针102的左下侧处。在下文中,四个凸起105A、105B、105C和105D也将被统称为“凸起105”。如图15中所示,凸起105在前后方向上延伸。As shown in FIG. 2 , a plurality of protrusions 105 are formed on the inner right side surface 107 , the inner left side surface 108 and the plate 104 of the housing 101 . The protrusion 105 is provided at the housing 101 near the ink needle 102 . In this embodiment, four protrusions 105 are provided for each ink needle 102 . More specifically, four protrusions 105 are respectively located at the upper right side with respect to each ink needle 102 when viewed in the insertion direction (ie, the forward direction 51 ) in which the ink cartridge 30 is inserted into the cartridge attachment portion 110 , At the upper left, at the lower right, and at the lower left. Specifically, the four protrusions 105 include a protrusion 105A, a protrusion 105B, a protrusion 105C, and a protrusion 105D. The protrusion 105A is provided at the upper right side with respect to the ink needle 102 . The protrusion 105B is provided at the upper left side with respect to the ink needle 102 . The protrusion 105C is provided at the lower right side with respect to the ink needle 102 . The protrusion 105D is provided at the lower left side with respect to the ink needle 102 . Hereinafter, the four protrusions 105A, 105B, 105C, and 105D will also be collectively referred to as "protrusions 105". As shown in FIG. 15, the protrusion 105 extends in the front-rear direction.

每一个凸起105具有第一引导表面196和第二引导表面197。在图2中,为了简单起见,附图标记196和197仅出现在位于壳体101的最右侧空间中的凸起105A、105B、105C和105D的第一引导表面196和第二引导表面197上。Each protrusion 105 has a first guide surface 196 and a second guide surface 197 . In FIG. 2 , for simplicity, reference numerals 196 and 197 appear only on the first guide surfaces 196 and second guide surfaces 197 of the projections 105A, 105B, 105C and 105D located in the rightmost space of the housing 101. superior.

第一引导表面196是在前后方向上和左右方向上延伸的平面。第二引导表面197是在前后方向上和上下方向上延伸的平面。第二引导表面197连接到第一引导表面196。顺便提及,第一引导表面196和第二引导表面197不必需彼此连接。The first guide surface 196 is a plane extending in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction. The second guide surface 197 is a plane extending in the front-rear direction and the up-down direction. The second guide surface 197 is connected to the first guide surface 196 . Incidentally, the first guide surface 196 and the second guide surface 197 are not necessarily connected to each other.

凸起105A的第一引导表面196和凸起105C的第一引导表面196在上下方向上彼此相对并且彼此间隔开。凸起105B的第一引导表面196和凸起105D的第一引导表面196在上下方向上彼此相对并且彼此间隔开。凸起105A的第二引导表面197和凸起105B的第二引导表面197在左右方向上彼此相对并且彼此间隔开。凸起105C的第二引导表面197和凸起105D的第二引导表面197在左右方向上彼此相对并且彼此间隔开。The first guide surface 196 of the protrusion 105A and the first guide surface 196 of the protrusion 105C face each other in the up-down direction and are spaced apart from each other. The first guide surface 196 of the protrusion 105B and the first guide surface 196 of the protrusion 105D face each other in the up-down direction and are spaced apart from each other. The second guide surface 197 of the protrusion 105A and the second guide surface 197 of the protrusion 105B are opposed to each other in the left-right direction and are spaced apart from each other. The second guide surface 197 of the protrusion 105C and the second guide surface 197 of the protrusion 105D face each other in the left-right direction and are spaced apart from each other.

注意,凸起105不必需位于相对于每一个墨针102的右上侧处、左上侧处、右下侧处和左下侧处。凸起105可以位于相对于每一个墨针102的左侧处、右侧处、上侧处和下侧处。此外,可以为每一个墨针102提供三个或更少的凸起105,或五个或更多的凸起105。Note that the protrusions 105 are not necessarily located at the upper right side, the upper left side, the lower right side, and the lower left side with respect to each ink needle 102 . The protrusion 105 may be located at the left side, the right side, the upper side, and the lower side with respect to each ink needle 102 . In addition, three or less protrusions 105, or five or more protrusions 105 may be provided for each ink needle 102.

<凸起板111><Raised plate 111>

如图3中所示,在壳体101的四个空间中的每一个空间中设有凸起板111,在所述每一个空间中能够容纳四个墨盒30中的一个墨盒。因此,在四个盒容纳空间中的每一个盒容纳空间中有一个凸起板的情况下将四个凸起板111设置在壳体101处。具体地,在相应的盒容纳空间中,每一个凸起板111在靠近开口112的位置处从壳体101的内顶表面57向下突出。每一个凸起板111在左右方向上的尺寸小于一对壁114之间的间隙距离,所述一对壁114构成墨盒30的突出部43(见图4,稍后描述)。此外,当墨盒30已经插入到盒附接部110中时,凸起板111在左右方向上位于一对壁114之间。在墨盒30插入到盒附接部110中的过程期间,凸起板111前进到墨盒30的突出部43的一对壁114之间的空间中。如图3中所示,当墨盒30已经完全附接到盒附接部110时,凸起板111在左右方向上位于一对壁114之间。凸起板111具有能够抵靠在阀机构135(见图3,稍后描述)的杠杆163上的底表面111A。As shown in FIG. 3 , a raised plate 111 is provided in each of four spaces of the casing 101 , in which one of the four ink cartridges 30 can be accommodated. Therefore, four raised plates 111 are provided at the housing 101 with one raised plate in each of the four cartridge accommodation spaces. Specifically, each raised plate 111 protrudes downward from the inner top surface 57 of the housing 101 at a position close to the opening 112 in the corresponding cartridge accommodating space. The size of each raised plate 111 in the left-right direction is smaller than the gap distance between a pair of walls 114 constituting the protrusion 43 of the ink cartridge 30 (see FIG. 4 , described later). Further, when the ink cartridge 30 has been inserted into the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the raised plate 111 is located between the pair of walls 114 in the left-right direction. During the process of inserting the ink cartridge 30 into the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the raised plate 111 advances into the space between the pair of walls 114 of the protrusion 43 of the ink cartridge 30 . As shown in FIG. 3 , when the ink cartridge 30 has been completely attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the raised plate 111 is located between a pair of walls 114 in the left-right direction. The raised plate 111 has a bottom surface 111A capable of abutting against a lever 163 of a valve mechanism 135 (see FIG. 3 , described later).

<接触部106><contact part 106>

如图3中所示,一组四个接触部106(图3中仅示出了一个接触部)设置在壳体101的四个盒容纳空间中的每一个盒容纳空间中。具体地,在壳体101的每一个盒容纳空间中,一组四个接触部106设置在内顶表面57上且在凸起板111的向前位置处。一组四个接触部106从内顶表面57向下突出到壳体101的盒容纳空间中。尽管未在图中详细示出,但四个接触部106被布置成在左右方向上彼此间隔开。每一组中的四个接触部106布置在分别与设置在每一个墨盒30处的四个电极65(稍后描述,见图4)对应的位置处。每一个接触部106由具有导电性和弹性的材料形成。因此,接触部106能够向上弹性变形。在实施例中,为能够被容纳在壳体101中的四个墨盒30中的每一个墨盒各提供四组四个接触部106中的一组。因此,在壳体101处总共设有16个(十六个)接触部106。然而,可以以任何期望的数目来提供接触部106和电极65。As shown in FIG. 3 , a set of four contact portions 106 (only one contact portion is shown in FIG. 3 ) is provided in each of the four cartridge accommodating spaces of the housing 101 . Specifically, in each cartridge accommodating space of the housing 101 , a set of four contact portions 106 is provided on the inner top surface 57 at the forward position of the raised plate 111 . A set of four contact portions 106 protrudes downward from the inner top surface 57 into the cartridge accommodating space of the housing 101 . Although not shown in detail in the drawings, the four contact portions 106 are arranged spaced apart from each other in the left-right direction. The four contact portions 106 in each group are arranged at positions respectively corresponding to the four electrodes 65 (described later, see FIG. 4 ) provided at each ink cartridge 30 . Each contact portion 106 is formed of a material having conductivity and elasticity. Therefore, the contact portion 106 can be elastically deformed upward. In the embodiment, one of four sets of four contact portions 106 is provided for each of four ink cartridges 30 capable of being accommodated in housing 101 . Therefore, a total of 16 (sixteen) contact portions 106 are provided at the housing 101 . However, the contacts 106 and electrodes 65 may be provided in any desired number.

每一个接触部106经由电路而电连接到打印机10的运算单元(未示出)。运算单元可以包括例如CPU、ROM、RAM等。运算单元可以用作例如打印机10的控制器。当四个接触部106接触对应的四个电极65时,四个接触部106分别与其电连接。作为结果,电压Vc被施加到四个电极65中的一个电极;四个电极65中的另一个电极接地;指示数据的信号被发送到四个电极65中的另一个电极;并且同步信号被从运算单元发送到四个电极65中的另一个电极。一旦接触部106已经分别电连接到对应的电极65,运算单元就能够访问储存在墨盒30的IC中的数据。来自每一个接触部106的输出经由电路输入到运算单元中。Each contact portion 106 is electrically connected to an arithmetic unit (not shown) of the printer 10 via a circuit. The arithmetic unit may include, for example, CPU, ROM, RAM, and the like. The arithmetic unit can be used as, for example, a controller of the printer 10 . When the four contact portions 106 contact the corresponding four electrodes 65 , the four contact portions 106 are respectively electrically connected thereto. As a result, the voltage Vc is applied to one of the four electrodes 65; the other of the four electrodes 65 is grounded; a signal indicating data is sent to the other of the four electrodes 65; The arithmetic unit sends to another of the four electrodes 65 . Once the contacts 106 have been electrically connected to the corresponding electrodes 65 respectively, the arithmetic unit can access the data stored in the IC of the ink cartridge 30 . An output from each contact portion 106 is input into an arithmetic unit via a circuit.

<光学传感器113><Optical sensor 113>

如图2中所示,四个光学传感器113设置在壳体101的内顶表面57上。具体地,在壳体101的每一个盒容纳空间中,每一个光学传感器113设置在一组四个接触部106的向前位置处。每一个光学传感器113包括光发射器和光接收器。光发射器和光接收器在左右方向上彼此相对。具体地,在光发射器和光接收器之间具有空间的情况下,光发射器位于光接收器的左侧或右侧。当墨盒30已经附接到盒附接部110时,附接上的墨盒30的挡光板67(稍后描述,见图2和图4)位于对应的光学传感器113的光发射器和光接收器之间。换句话说,光学传感器113的光发射器和光接收器布置在彼此相对的位置处,使得附接到盒附接部110的墨盒30的挡光板67位于光发射器和光接收器之间。As shown in FIG. 2 , four optical sensors 113 are disposed on the inner top surface 57 of the housing 101 . Specifically, in each cartridge accommodating space of the casing 101 , each optical sensor 113 is provided at a forward position of a group of four contact portions 106 . Each optical sensor 113 includes a light emitter and a light receiver. The light transmitter and the light receiver face each other in the left-right direction. Specifically, with a space between the light emitter and the light receiver, the light emitter is located on the left or right side of the light receiver. When the ink cartridge 30 has been attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110, the light blocking plate 67 (described later, see FIGS. 2 and 4 ) of the attached ink cartridge 30 is located between the light emitter and light receiver of the corresponding optical sensor 113. between. In other words, the light emitter and the light receiver of the optical sensor 113 are arranged at positions facing each other such that the light blocking plate 67 of the ink cartridge 30 attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 is located between the light emitter and the light receiver.

每一个光学传感器113适应于根据光接收器是否已经从光发射器接收到在左右方向上发射的光而输出不同的检测信号。例如,当光接收器未能接收到从光发射器发射的光时(即,当光接收器接收的光的强度小于规定值时),光学传感器113输出低电平信号。另一方面,当光接收器接收到从光发射器发射的光时(即,当所接收的光的强度等于或大于规定值时),光学传感器113输出高电平信号。Each optical sensor 113 is adapted to output a different detection signal according to whether the light receiver has received the light emitted in the left-right direction from the light transmitter or not. For example, when the light receiver fails to receive the light emitted from the light transmitter (ie, when the intensity of light received by the light receiver is less than a prescribed value), the optical sensor 113 outputs a low-level signal. On the other hand, when the light receiver receives the light emitted from the light transmitter (ie, when the intensity of the received light is equal to or greater than a prescribed value), the optical sensor 113 outputs a high-level signal.

<锁定轴145><Lock Shaft 145>

如图3中所示,锁定轴145设置在壳体101处。锁定轴145在壳体101的内顶表面57和开口112附近在左右方向上延伸。锁定轴145是在左右方向上延伸的杆状构件。锁定轴145由金属形成并且具有例如柱形形状。锁定轴145具有左端部和右端部,该左端部和右端部被固定到限定了壳体101的左端和右端的壁。因此,锁定轴145相对于壳体101是不能移动的,例如是不能枢转的。锁定轴145在左右方向上延伸,从而横跨壳体101的四个盒容纳空间,每一个盒容纳空间能够在其中容纳墨盒30。在每一个盒容纳空间中,在锁定轴145周围存在空间。因此,每一个墨盒30的锁定表面151(稍后描述)能够通过向上或向后移动来接入(access)锁定轴145。As shown in FIG. 3 , a lock shaft 145 is provided at the housing 101 . The lock shaft 145 extends in the left-right direction near the inner top surface 57 of the housing 101 and the opening 112 . The lock shaft 145 is a rod-shaped member extending in the left-right direction. The lock shaft 145 is formed of metal and has, for example, a cylindrical shape. The lock shaft 145 has left and right ends that are fixed to walls defining left and right ends of the housing 101 . Therefore, the locking shaft 145 is immovable, eg, pivotable, relative to the housing 101 . The lock shaft 145 extends in the left-right direction so as to straddle four cartridge accommodating spaces of the housing 101 each capable of accommodating an ink cartridge 30 therein. In each cartridge accommodating space, there is a space around the lock shaft 145 . Therefore, a locking surface 151 (described later) of each ink cartridge 30 can access the locking shaft 145 by moving upward or backward.

此处,术语“接入”可以意指物理接入或接触(例如,锁定轴145接触锁定表面151的接触)或者光学接入(例如,挡光板67(稍后描述)暴露于从光学传感器113发射的光)。可替代地,术语“接入”可以意指电接入(例如,在IC板64(稍后描述)的电极65与接触部106之间建立电连接,以在接触部106接触电极65时允许电流在其间流动)。此外,可以在上下方向上或左右方向上实现接入。可替代地,可以在前后方向上实现接入。Here, the term "access" may mean physical access or contact (for example, contact where the locking shaft 145 touches the locking surface 151 ) or optical access (for example, the light barrier 67 (described later) is exposed to light from the optical sensor 113 ). emitted light). Alternatively, the term "access" may mean electrical access (for example, establishing an electrical connection between an electrode 65 of an IC board 64 (described later) and the contact portion 106 to allow the contact portion 106 to contact the electrode 65 current flows between them). Furthermore, access can be achieved in the up-down direction or in the left-right direction. Alternatively, access can be achieved in a front-to-back direction.

锁定轴145适应于将附接到盒附接部110的墨盒30保持在附接位置处。当墨盒30插入到盒附接部110中并被枢转地移动到操作姿态时,墨盒30与锁定轴145接合。此外,锁定轴145抵抗墨盒30的螺旋弹簧78(见图3)的推压力(该推压力将墨盒30向后推)将墨盒30保持在盒附接部110中的附接位置处。The locking shaft 145 is adapted to hold the ink cartridge 30 attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 at the attached position. When the ink cartridge 30 is inserted into the cartridge attachment portion 110 and is pivotally moved to the operating posture, the ink cartridge 30 is engaged with the lock shaft 145 . Further, the lock shaft 145 holds the ink cartridge 30 at the attached position in the cartridge attaching portion 110 against the urging force of the coil spring 78 (see FIG. 3 ) of the ink cartridge 30 which pushes the ink cartridge 30 backward.

<罐103><Can 103>

如图1中所示,每一个罐103设置在壳体101的向前位置处。罐103具有允许墨储存在其中的盒状形状。罐103在其顶部处具有大气连通口124。通过大气连通口124,罐103向外部敞开。也就是说,罐103的内部空间通过大气连通口124向大气敞开。在罐103的后部处,罐103的内部空间与墨针102的内部空间连通。因此,通过对应的墨针102从墨盒30流出的墨被储存在对应的罐103中。四根墨管20分别连接到四个罐103。因此,通过对应的墨管20将储存在每一个罐103的内部空间中的墨供给到记录头21。As shown in FIG. 1 , each tank 103 is provided at a forward position of the housing 101 . The tank 103 has a box-like shape allowing ink to be stored therein. The tank 103 has an atmosphere communication port 124 at its top. The tank 103 is opened to the outside through the atmosphere communication port 124 . That is, the internal space of the tank 103 is opened to the atmosphere through the atmosphere communication port 124 . At the rear of the tank 103 , the inner space of the tank 103 communicates with the inner space of the ink needle 102 . Accordingly, the ink flowed from the ink cartridge 30 through the corresponding ink needle 102 is stored in the corresponding tank 103 . The four ink tubes 20 are connected to the four tanks 103, respectively. Accordingly, the ink stored in the inner space of each tank 103 is supplied to the recording head 21 through the corresponding ink tube 20 .

<墨盒30的整体结构><Overall Structure of Ink Cartridge 30>

墨盒30是用于在其中储存液体(诸如墨)的容器。如上所述,在实施例中,与相应的青色、品红色、黄色和黑色四种颜色对应的四个墨盒30能够附接到盒附接部110。如图4中所示,在四个墨盒30中,与青色、品红色和黄色三种颜色分别对应的三个墨盒30在结构上是相同的。与黑色的颜色对应的墨盒30在结构上与其它三个墨盒30的不同之处在于,与黑色的颜色对应的墨盒30在左右方向上的尺寸大于与青色、品红色和黄色的颜色对应的墨盒30在左右方向上的尺寸。除了这种差异之外,与黑色的颜色对应的墨盒30和与青色、品红色和黄色的颜色对应的其它三个墨盒30大致相同。储存在墨盒30中的墨的组成不受特别限制,但是墨可以是例如具有沉积成分的颜料墨。可替代地,墨可以是染料墨。The ink cartridge 30 is a container for storing liquid such as ink therein. As described above, in the embodiment, four ink cartridges 30 corresponding to the respective four colors of cyan, magenta, yellow, and black can be attached to the cartridge attaching portion 110 . As shown in FIG. 4, among the four ink cartridges 30, three ink cartridges 30 respectively corresponding to the three colors of cyan, magenta, and yellow are identical in structure. The ink cartridge 30 corresponding to the color black is structurally different from the other three ink cartridges 30 in that the ink cartridge 30 corresponding to the black color is larger in the left-right direction than the ink cartridges corresponding to the cyan, magenta, and yellow colors. 30 dimensions in the left-right direction. Except for this difference, the ink cartridge 30 corresponding to the color of black and the other three ink cartridges 30 corresponding to the colors of cyan, magenta, and yellow are substantially the same. The composition of the ink stored in the ink cartridge 30 is not particularly limited, but the ink may be, for example, pigment ink having a deposited composition. Alternatively, the ink may be dye ink.

首先,将详细描述与青色、品红色和黄色的颜色对应的墨盒30的结构。对于与黑色的颜色对应的墨盒30的构造,稍后将作为墨盒30的变体仅描述和与青色、品红色和黄色的颜色对应的墨盒30不同的部分。注意,在下文中,当需要区分与青色、品红色和黄色的颜色对应的墨盒30和与黑色的颜色对应的墨盒30时,与黑色的颜色对应的墨盒30也将被称为墨盒30K。First, the structure of the ink cartridge 30 corresponding to the colors of cyan, magenta, and yellow will be described in detail. As for the configuration of the ink cartridge 30 corresponding to the color of black, only a portion different from the ink cartridge 30 corresponding to the colors of cyan, magenta, and yellow will be described later as a variation of the ink cartridge 30 . Note that hereinafter, when it is necessary to distinguish the ink cartridge 30 corresponding to the colors of cyan, magenta, and yellow from the ink cartridge 30 corresponding to the color of black, the ink cartridge 30 corresponding to the color of black will also be referred to as ink cartridge 30K.

图4至图6中所示的墨盒30的姿态是墨盒30在墨盒30处于操作姿态时的姿态,也就是说,该姿态是墨盒30在墨盒30能够在打印机10中使用的状态下的姿态。图4至图6中所示的墨盒30的姿态也被称为“竖立姿态”。墨盒30包括前壁40、82、后壁41、83、顶壁39、底壁42、48、右侧壁37、84和左侧壁38、85。The posture of the ink cartridge 30 shown in FIGS. 4 to 6 is the posture of the ink cartridge 30 when the ink cartridge 30 is in the operating posture, that is, the posture of the ink cartridge 30 in a state where the ink cartridge 30 can be used in the printer 10 . The posture of the ink cartridge 30 shown in FIGS. 4 to 6 is also referred to as "erect posture". Ink cartridge 30 includes front walls 40 , 82 , rear walls 41 , 83 , top wall 39 , bottom walls 42 , 48 , right side walls 37 , 84 , and left side walls 38 , 85 .

在墨盒30的操作姿态中,前壁40、82面向前。在实施例中,如图11中所示,前壁40包括内弯曲表面117A和与内弯曲表面117A相反的外弯曲表面117B以及内弯曲表面118A和与内弯曲表面118A相反的外弯曲表面118B。In the operating posture of the ink cartridge 30, the front walls 40, 82 face forward. In an embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11 , the front wall 40 includes an inner curved surface 117A and an outer curved surface 117B opposite the inner curved surface 117A and an inner curved surface 118A and an outer curved surface 118B opposite the inner curved surface 118A.

在墨盒30的操作姿态中,后壁41、83面向后。在墨盒30的操作姿态中,顶壁39面向上。此外,在墨盒30的操作姿态中,顶壁39的前端连接到前壁82的上端,并且顶壁39的后端连接到后壁83的上端。也就是说,顶壁39在墨盒30的前壁40、82和墨盒30的后壁41、83之间在前后方向上延伸。In the operating posture of the ink cartridge 30, the rear walls 41, 83 face rearward. In the operating posture of the ink cartridge 30, the top wall 39 faces upward. Further, in the operating posture of the ink cartridge 30 , the front end of the top wall 39 is connected to the upper end of the front wall 82 , and the rear end of the top wall 39 is connected to the upper end of the rear wall 83 . That is, the top wall 39 extends in the front-rear direction between the front walls 40 , 82 of the ink cartridge 30 and the rear walls 41 , 83 of the ink cartridge 30 .

在墨盒30的操作姿态中,底壁42、48面向下。底壁42、48在前壁40和后壁41之间在前后方向上延伸。在实施例中,底壁42、48包括主底壁部42和次底壁部48。连接壁49将主底壁部42连接到次底壁48。在操作姿态中,连接壁49面向前。在墨盒30的操作姿态中,底壁42、48的前端(即次底壁部48的前端)连接到前壁40的下端。底壁42、48的后端(即主底壁部42的后端)连接到后壁41的下端。主底壁部42将后壁41的下端连接到连接壁49的下端。次底壁部48将前壁40的下端连接到连接壁49的上端。在实施例中,如图10和图14中所示,次底壁部48包括内弯曲表面115A和与内弯曲表面115A相反的外弯曲表面115B、内弯曲表面116A和与内弯曲表面116A相反的外弯曲表面116B以及内弯曲表面119A和与内弯曲表面119A相反的外弯曲表面119B。In the operating posture of the ink cartridge 30, the bottom walls 42, 48 face downward. The bottom walls 42 , 48 extend in the front-rear direction between the front wall 40 and the rear wall 41 . In an embodiment, the bottom walls 42 , 48 include a primary bottom wall portion 42 and a secondary bottom wall portion 48 . The connection wall 49 connects the main bottom wall portion 42 to the sub bottom wall 48 . In the operating position, the connecting wall 49 faces forward. In the operating posture of the ink cartridge 30 , the front ends of the bottom walls 42 , 48 (ie, the front ends of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 ) are connected to the lower end of the front wall 40 . The rear ends of the bottom walls 42 , 48 (ie, the rear ends of the main bottom wall portion 42 ) are connected to the lower end of the rear wall 41 . The main bottom wall portion 42 connects the lower end of the rear wall 41 to the lower end of the connection wall 49 . The sub-bottom wall portion 48 connects the lower end of the front wall 40 to the upper end of the connection wall 49 . In an embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 10 and 14 , the secondary bottom wall portion 48 includes an inner curved surface 115A and an outer curved surface 115B opposite to the inner curved surface 115A, an inner curved surface 116A, and an inner curved surface 116A opposite to the inner curved surface 116A. The outer curved surface 116B as well as the inner curved surface 119A and the outer curved surface 119B opposite the inner curved surface 119A.

当墨盒30在操作姿态中时,右侧壁37、84面向右。此外,当墨盒30在操作姿态中时,左侧壁38、85面向左。When the ink cartridge 30 is in the operating posture, the right side wall 37, 84 faces rightward. Furthermore, when the ink cartridge 30 is in the operating posture, the left side wall 38, 85 faces leftward.

当墨盒30在操作姿态中时,从后壁41朝向前壁40的方向与向前方向51重合,并且从前壁40朝向后壁41的方向与向后方向52重合。此外,当墨盒30在操作姿态中时,从顶壁39朝向底壁42、48的方向与向下方向53(即重力方向)重合,并且从底壁42、48朝向顶壁39的方向与向上方向54重合。此外,当墨盒30在操作姿态中时,从左侧壁38朝向右侧壁37的方向与向右方向55重合,并且从右侧壁37朝向左侧壁38的方向与向左方向56重合。当墨盒30在操作姿态中时,向前方向51、向后方向52和前后方向与墨盒30的纵向方向重合;向下方向53、向上方向54和上下方向与墨盒30的高度方向重合;并且向右方向55、向左方向56和左右方向与墨盒30的宽度方向重合。When the ink cartridge 30 is in the operating posture, the direction from the rear wall 41 toward the front wall 40 coincides with the forward direction 51 , and the direction from the front wall 40 toward the rear wall 41 coincides with the rearward direction 52 . In addition, when the ink cartridge 30 is in the operating posture, the direction from the top wall 39 toward the bottom walls 42, 48 coincides with the downward direction 53 (ie, the direction of gravity), and the direction from the bottom walls 42, 48 toward the top wall 39 coincides with the upward direction. The directions 54 coincide. Further, when the ink cartridge 30 is in the operating posture, the direction from the left side wall 38 toward the right side wall 37 coincides with the rightward direction 55 , and the direction from the right side wall 37 toward the left side wall 38 coincides with the leftward direction 56 . When the ink cartridge 30 was in the operating posture, the forward direction 51, the backward direction 52 and the front-rear direction coincided with the longitudinal direction of the ink cartridge 30; the downward direction 53, the upward direction 54 and the up-down direction coincided with the height direction of the ink cartridge 30; and The rightward direction 55 , the leftward direction 56 , and the left-right direction coincide with the width direction of the ink cartridge 30 .

此外,当墨盒30附接到盒附接部110时,前壁40、82的外表面(即前表面)面向前,后壁41、83的外表面(即后表面)面向后,底壁42、48的外表面(即底表面)面向下,顶壁39的外表面(即顶表面)面向上,右侧壁37、84的外表面(即右表面)面向右,并且左侧壁38、85的外表面(即左表面)面向左。Furthermore, when the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110, the outer surfaces (ie, front surfaces) of the front walls 40, 82 face forward, the outer surfaces (ie, rear surfaces) of the rear walls 41, 83 face rearward, and the bottom wall 42 The outer surface (i.e. bottom surface) of , 48 faces downward, the outer surface (i.e. top surface) of top wall 39 faces upward, the outer surface (i.e. right surface) of right side wall 37,84 faces rightward, and left side wall 38, The outer surface (ie, the left surface) of 85 faces left.

如图4至图6中所示,墨盒30具有大体平坦的长方体形状,使得墨盒30在左右方向上的尺寸小,并且墨盒30在上下方向上的尺寸以及墨盒30在前后方向上的尺寸大于墨盒30在左右方向上的尺寸。As shown in FIGS. 4 to 6 , the ink cartridge 30 has a generally flat rectangular parallelepiped shape, so that the size of the ink cartridge 30 in the left-right direction is small, and the size of the ink cartridge 30 in the up-down direction and the size of the ink cartridge 30 in the front-rear direction are larger than the ink cartridge. 30 dimensions in the left-right direction.

如图7中所示,墨盒30包括盒壳体130、第一内盖131、第二内盖132、半透膜141、膜133、膜146、外盖134、阀机构135、支撑构件150和供墨部34。As shown in FIG. 7, the ink cartridge 30 includes a cartridge case 130, a first inner cover 131, a second inner cover 132, a semipermeable membrane 141, a membrane 133, a membrane 146, an outer cover 134, a valve mechanism 135, a support member 150 and Ink supply unit 34 .

<盒壳体130><Box case 130>

如图7中所示,盒壳体130具有向上敞开的大体盒状形状。也就是说,盒壳体130在其顶端处具有开口95。在该实施例中,盒壳体130是由树脂形成的容器。如图10中所示,第一储存室32和第二储存室33形成在盒壳体130的内部。As shown in FIG. 7 , the cartridge case 130 has a generally box-like shape that is opened upward. That is, the cartridge case 130 has an opening 95 at its top end. In this embodiment, the cartridge case 130 is a container formed of resin. As shown in FIG. 10 , the first storage chamber 32 and the second storage chamber 33 are formed inside the cartridge case 130 .

如图4至图7中所示,盒壳体130包括前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37、左侧壁38、主底壁部42、次底壁部48和连接壁49。前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37、左侧壁38、主底壁部42、次底壁48和连接壁49构成盒壳体130的外壁。后壁41与前壁40在前后方向上隔开。左侧壁38在左右方向上面向右侧壁37。前壁40和后壁41之间的间隙距离大于右侧壁37和左侧壁38之间的间隙距离。前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37、左侧壁38、次底壁部48和内底壁部45(图10,稍后描述)限定第一储存室32。As shown in FIGS. 4 to 7 , the cartridge case 130 includes a front wall 40 , a rear wall 41 , a right side wall 37 , a left side wall 38 , a main bottom wall portion 42 , a sub bottom wall portion 48 and a connection wall 49 . The front wall 40 , the rear wall 41 , the right side wall 37 , the left side wall 38 , the main bottom wall portion 42 , the sub bottom wall 48 , and the connecting wall 49 constitute the outer wall of the cartridge case 130 . The rear wall 41 is spaced apart from the front wall 40 in the front-rear direction. The left side wall 38 faces the right side wall 37 in the left-right direction. The gap distance between the front wall 40 and the rear wall 41 is greater than the gap distance between the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 . The first storage chamber 32 is defined by a front wall 40 , a rear wall 41 , a right side wall 37 , a left side wall 38 , a sub-bottom wall portion 48 , and an inner bottom wall portion 45 ( FIG. 10 , described later).

连接壁49和前壁40构成盒壳体130的前壁。The connection wall 49 and the front wall 40 constitute the front wall of the cartridge case 130 .

在墨盒30的操作姿态中,前壁40的前表面是盒壳体130的面向前的表面,而后壁41的后表面是盒壳体130的面向后的表面。连接壁49的前表面也是盒壳体130的面向前的表面。右侧壁37和左侧壁38分别在与前壁40和后壁41交叉的方向上延伸。右侧壁37将前壁40、后壁41、主底壁部42、次底壁部48和连接壁49连接。同样,左侧壁38将前壁40、后壁41、主底壁部42、次底壁部48和连接壁49连接。在墨盒30的操作姿态中,右侧壁37的外表面面向右,而左侧壁38的外表面面向左。In the operating posture of the ink cartridge 30 , the front surface of the front wall 40 is the front-facing surface of the cartridge case 130 , and the rear surface of the rear wall 41 is the rear-facing surface of the cartridge case 130 . The front surface of the connection wall 49 is also the front-facing surface of the cartridge case 130 . The right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 extend in directions intersecting the front wall 40 and the rear wall 41 , respectively. The right side wall 37 connects the front wall 40 , the rear wall 41 , the main bottom wall 42 , the sub bottom wall 48 , and the connecting wall 49 . Likewise, the left side wall 38 connects the front wall 40 , the rear wall 41 , the main bottom wall portion 42 , the sub bottom wall portion 48 and the connection wall 49 . In the operating posture of the ink cartridge 30, the outer surface of the right side wall 37 faces right, and the outer surface of the left side wall 38 faces left.

在盒壳体130的外壁中,至少前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38由透光材料形成,从而允许从盒壳体130的外部视觉识别储存在第一储存室32和第二储存室33中的墨。例如,至少前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38由基本上不含着色剂的树脂(诸如丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯树脂、聚丙烯等)制成。更具体地,通过至少前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38,能够视觉识别储存在第一储存室32中的墨的颜色、储存在第二储存室33中的墨的颜色以及储存在第一储存室32中的墨的表面液位。当第一储存室32中没有或几乎没有墨残留时,能够通过前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38从墨盒30的外部视觉识别内底壁部45(稍后描述)的上表面45A(图10)。主底壁部42和次底壁部48也可以由透光材料形成。换句话说,盒壳体130可以由透明或半透明树脂制成。在实施例中,两个储存室(即第一储存室32和第二储存室33)构成墨盒30的液体储存室。替代地,墨盒30可以具有由一个储存室构成的液体储存室。在这种情况下,可以省去内底壁部45。Among the outer walls of the cartridge case 130, at least the front wall 40, the rear wall 41, the right side wall 37, and the left side wall 38 are formed of a light-transmitting material, thereby allowing visual identification of storage in the first storage chamber from the outside of the cartridge case 130. 32 and the ink in the second storage chamber 33. For example, at least the front wall 40, the rear wall 41, the right side wall 37, and the left side wall 38 are made of a resin substantially free of colorants such as acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin, polypropylene, and the like. More specifically, through at least the front wall 40, the rear wall 41, the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38, the color of the ink stored in the first storage chamber 32, the ink stored in the second storage chamber 33 can be visually recognized. The color of the ink and the surface level of the ink stored in the first storage chamber 32. When no or almost no ink remains in the first storage chamber 32, the inner bottom wall portion 45 (described later) can be visually recognized from the outside of the ink cartridge 30 through the front wall 40, rear wall 41, right side wall 37, and left side wall 38. ) of the upper surface 45A (FIG. 10). The main bottom wall portion 42 and the sub bottom wall portion 48 may also be formed of a light-transmitting material. In other words, the cartridge case 130 may be made of transparent or translucent resin. In the embodiment, two storage chambers (ie, the first storage chamber 32 and the second storage chamber 33 ) constitute the liquid storage chamber of the ink cartridge 30 . Alternatively, the ink cartridge 30 may have a liquid storage chamber composed of one storage chamber. In this case, the inner bottom wall portion 45 can be omitted.

右侧壁37和左侧壁38在上下方向和前后方向上延伸。如图14中所示,右侧壁37相对于上下方向倾斜,使得其下端被定位成比其上端靠左。因此,右侧壁37的内表面37A也相对于上下方向倾斜,使得其下端被定位成比其上端靠左。左侧壁38相对于上下方向倾斜,使得其下端被定位成比其上端靠右。因此,左侧壁38的内表面38A也相对于上下方向倾斜,使得其下端被定位成比其上端靠右。因此,内表面37A和内表面38A之间的在左右方向上的间隙距离在向下方向53上逐渐减小。换句话说,右侧壁37的内表面37A和左侧壁38的内表面38A之间的在其下端处的在左右方向上的间隙距离小于右侧壁37的内表面37A和左侧壁38的内表面38A之间的在其上端处的在左右方向上的间隙距离。右侧壁37和左侧壁38可以不倾斜并且在上下方向上延伸,只要内表面37A和内表面38A相对于上下方向倾斜即可。可替代地,右侧壁37、左侧壁38、内表面37A和内表面38A不必需相对于上下方向倾斜。The right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 extend in the up-down direction and the front-rear direction. As shown in FIG. 14 , the right side wall 37 is inclined with respect to the up-down direction so that its lower end is positioned leftward than its upper end. Therefore, the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 is also inclined with respect to the up-down direction, so that the lower end thereof is positioned to the left than the upper end thereof. The left side wall 38 is inclined with respect to the up-down direction so that its lower end is positioned to the right than its upper end. Therefore, the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 is also inclined with respect to the up-down direction so that its lower end is positioned to the right than its upper end. Therefore, the gap distance in the left-right direction between the inner surface 37A and the inner surface 38A gradually decreases in the downward direction 53 . In other words, the gap distance in the left-right direction between the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 and the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 at the lower end thereof is smaller than that of the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 The gap distance in the left-right direction at the upper end thereof between the inner surfaces 38A of . The right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 may not be inclined and extend in the up-down direction as long as the inner surface 37A and the inner surface 38A are inclined with respect to the up-down direction. Alternatively, the right side wall 37, the left side wall 38, the inner surface 37A, and the inner surface 38A are not necessarily inclined with respect to the up-down direction.

如图6中所示,主底壁部42相对于前后方向倾斜。具体地,主底壁部42的底表面是相对于前后方向倾斜的倾斜表面,使得其后端被定位成比其前端靠上。主底壁部42的前端被定位成相对于锁定表面151(稍后描述)向前。主底壁部42的后端连接到后壁41的下端。也就是说,主底壁部42从后壁41的下端向前延伸。次底壁部48被定位成相对于主底壁部42向上且向前。As shown in FIG. 6 , the main bottom wall portion 42 is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction. Specifically, the bottom surface of the main bottom wall portion 42 is an inclined surface inclined with respect to the front-rear direction such that the rear end thereof is positioned higher than the front end thereof. The front end of the main bottom wall portion 42 is positioned forward with respect to a locking surface 151 (described later). The rear end of the main bottom wall portion 42 is connected to the lower end of the rear wall 41 . That is, the main bottom wall portion 42 extends forward from the lower end of the rear wall 41 . The secondary bottom wall portion 48 is positioned upward and forward with respect to the main bottom wall portion 42 .

如图4至图7中所示,前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38中的每一个壁的上端部具有接合爪88,该接合爪88从盒壳体130向外突出。每一个接合爪88能够与形成在外盖134中的开口86接合。在实施例中,每一个接合爪88设置在前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38中的每一个壁处。也就是说,在前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38中的每一个壁处设置一个接合爪88。然而,可以在前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38中的每一个壁处设置多于一个的接合爪88。As shown in FIGS. 4 to 7 , the upper end portion of each of the front wall 40 , the rear wall 41 , the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 has an engaging claw 88 extending from the cartridge case 130 to the protrude. Each engagement claw 88 is engageable with an opening 86 formed in the outer cover 134 . In the embodiment, each engaging claw 88 is provided at each of the front wall 40 , the rear wall 41 , the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 . That is, one engaging claw 88 is provided at each of the front wall 40 , the rear wall 41 , the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 . However, more than one engaging claw 88 may be provided at each of the front wall 40 , the rear wall 41 , the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 .

<第一内盖131><First inner cover 131>

图8A和图8B中所示的第一内盖131适应于将形成在盒壳体130的顶端中的开口95关闭。如图8A和图8B中所示,第一内盖131具有向上敞开的大体盒状形状。第一内盖131包括:底壁136;周壁137,该周壁137从底壁136的周缘竖立;和凸缘壁138,该凸缘壁138从周壁137的外周表面向外突出。The first inner cover 131 shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B is adapted to close the opening 95 formed in the top end of the cartridge case 130 . As shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B , the first inner cover 131 has a generally box-like shape that is opened upward. The first inner cover 131 includes: a bottom wall 136 ; a peripheral wall 137 standing upright from a peripheral edge of the bottom wall 136 ; and a flange wall 138 protruding outward from an outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall 137 .

底壁136具有通孔46,该通孔46在上下方向上贯穿底壁136的厚度。如图10中所示,通孔46形成在相对于空气连通通道72(稍后描述)的空气室36中的前后中央向后的位置处。底壁136的上表面136A朝向通孔46向下倾斜。The bottom wall 136 has a through hole 46 penetrating through the thickness of the bottom wall 136 in the up-down direction. As shown in FIG. 10 , the through hole 46 is formed at a position rearward from the front and rear centers in the air chamber 36 with respect to the air communication passage 72 (described later). The upper surface 136A of the bottom wall 136 slopes downward toward the through hole 46 .

通孔46不必需形成在图3和图10中指定的位置处。通孔46可以形成在相对于空气室36中的前后中央向前的位置处。此外,上表面136A不必需如上所述倾斜。The through holes 46 are not necessarily formed at the positions specified in FIGS. 3 and 10 . The through hole 46 may be formed at a position forward with respect to the front and rear centers in the air chamber 36 . Furthermore, the upper surface 136A does not have to be inclined as described above.

如图10中所示,第一内盖131通过形成在盒壳体130的顶端处的开口95从上方附接到盒壳体130并且设置在盒壳体130的内部空间中。第一内盖131由盒壳体130支撑在盒壳体130的内部空间中。更具体地,在第一内盖131设置在盒壳体130的内部空间中的状态下,凸缘壁138的在第一内盖131的前端部处的下表面138A由盒壳体130的前壁40的阶梯表面40B支撑。阶梯表面40B形成在前壁40的内表面(即后表面)的上端部处。此外,凸缘壁138的在第一内盖131的后端部处的下表面138B由盒壳体130的后壁41的阶梯表面41B支撑。阶梯表面41B形成在后壁41的内表面(即前表面)的上端部处。在第一内盖131被支撑到盒壳体130的状态下,第一内盖131的周壁137的顶端面137A和盒壳体130的顶端面130A被定位在相同的假想平面上,该假想平面在前后方向和左右方向上扩展。As shown in FIG. 10 , the first inner cover 131 is attached to the cartridge case 130 from above through the opening 95 formed at the top end of the cartridge case 130 and is disposed in the inner space of the cartridge case 130 . The first inner cover 131 is supported by the cartridge case 130 in the inner space of the cartridge case 130 . More specifically, in a state where the first inner cover 131 is set in the inner space of the cartridge case 130 , the lower surface 138A of the flange wall 138 at the front end portion of the first inner cover 131 is separated from the front end of the cartridge case 130 . The stepped surface 40B of the wall 40 is supported. A stepped surface 40B is formed at an upper end portion of the inner surface (ie, rear surface) of the front wall 40 . Further, the lower surface 138B of the flange wall 138 at the rear end portion of the first inner cover 131 is supported by the stepped surface 41B of the rear wall 41 of the cartridge case 130 . A stepped surface 41B is formed at an upper end portion of the inner surface (ie, the front surface) of the rear wall 41 . In the state where the first inner cover 131 is supported to the cartridge case 130, the top end surface 137A of the peripheral wall 137 of the first inner cover 131 and the top end surface 130A of the cartridge case 130 are positioned on the same imaginary plane, which Expands in front-back and left-right directions.

如图8A和图8B中所示,第一内盖131进一步包括两个第一肋185和两个第二肋186。第一肋185和第二肋186形成在底壁136的下表面136B处。换句话说,在下表面136B处设有两组第一肋185和第二肋186。当将第一内盖131附接到盒壳体130时,第一肋185和第二肋186用作引导件。此外,当第一内盖131附接到了盒壳体130时,第一肋185和第二肋186为盒壳体130提供刚性。As shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B , the first inner cover 131 further includes two first ribs 185 and two second ribs 186 . The first rib 185 and the second rib 186 are formed at the lower surface 136B of the bottom wall 136 . In other words, two sets of first ribs 185 and second ribs 186 are provided at the lower surface 136B. The first rib 185 and the second rib 186 serve as guides when the first inner cover 131 is attached to the cartridge case 130 . In addition, the first rib 185 and the second rib 186 provide rigidity to the cartridge case 130 when the first inner cover 131 is attached to the cartridge case 130 .

第一肋185和第二肋186从下表面136B向下突出。第一肋185和第二肋186各自具有从下表面136B起的彼此相同的突出长度。换句话说,两个第一肋185和两个第二肋186中的每一个肋具有在相对于上下方向彼此相同的位置处的下端。The first rib 185 and the second rib 186 protrude downward from the lower surface 136B. The first rib 185 and the second rib 186 each have the same protruding length from the lower surface 136B as each other. In other words, each of the two first ribs 185 and the two second ribs 186 has a lower end at the same position as each other with respect to the up-down direction.

第一肋185和第二肋186沿着下表面136B延伸。两个第一肋185被布置成在前后方向上彼此间隔开。两个第二肋186被布置成在前后方向上彼此间隔开。第一肋185和第二肋186被定位成相对于通孔46向前。第一肋185中的每一个肋和第二肋186中的对应的一个肋被布置成在左右方向上彼此相对且彼此间隔开。当用墨填充墨盒30时,形成在第一肋185和对应的第二肋186之间的间隙能够促进墨的流动。The first rib 185 and the second rib 186 extend along the lower surface 136B. The two first ribs 185 are arranged to be spaced apart from each other in the front-rear direction. The two second ribs 186 are arranged to be spaced apart from each other in the front-rear direction. The first rib 185 and the second rib 186 are positioned forward relative to the through hole 46 . Each of the first ribs 185 and a corresponding one of the second ribs 186 are arranged to face and be spaced apart from each other in the left-right direction. When the ink cartridge 30 is filled with ink, the gap formed between the first rib 185 and the corresponding second rib 186 can facilitate the flow of ink.

第一肋185中的每一个肋具有延伸部185A和倾斜部185B。类似地,第二肋186的每一个肋具有延伸部186A和倾斜部186B。Each of the first ribs 185 has an extension portion 185A and an inclined portion 185B. Similarly, each of the second ribs 186 has an extension 186A and an inclined portion 186B.

在第一内盖131被支撑到盒壳体130的状态下,每一个第一肋185的延伸部185A与右侧壁37的内表面37A接触,而每一个第二肋186的延伸部186A与左侧壁38的内表面38A接触。每一个延伸部185A从其基端向左延伸,该基端接触右侧壁37的内表面37A。每一个延伸部186A从其基端向右延伸,该基端接触左侧壁38的内表面38A。In the state where the first inner cover 131 is supported to the cartridge case 130, the extension 185A of each first rib 185 is in contact with the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37, and the extension 186A of each second rib 186 is in contact with the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37. The inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 is in contact. Each extension 185A extends leftward from its base end which contacts the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 . Each extension 186A extends rightward from a base end thereof that contacts the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 .

倾斜部185B从延伸部185A的远端(即左端)延伸并且相对于前后方向倾斜,使得倾斜部185B的左端被定位成比倾斜部185B的右端靠后。倾斜部186B从延伸部186A的远端(即右端)延伸并且相对于前后方向倾斜,使得倾斜部186B的右端被定位成比倾斜部186B的左端靠后。也就是说,倾斜部185B从延伸部185A朝向通孔46延伸并且相对于前后方向倾斜,使得倾斜部185B的离延伸部185A最远的远端被定位成在左右方向上离通孔46比倾斜部185B的连接到延伸部185A的基端离通孔46近。类似地,倾斜部186B从延伸部186A朝向通孔46延伸并且相对于前后方向倾斜,使得倾斜部186B的离延伸部186A最远的远端被定位成在左右方向上离通孔46比倾斜部186B的连接到延伸部186A的基端离通孔46近。The inclined portion 185B extends from the distal end (ie, left end) of the extension portion 185A and is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction such that the left end of the inclined portion 185B is positioned rearward than the right end of the inclined portion 185B. The inclined portion 186B extends from the distal end (ie, the right end) of the extension portion 186A and is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction such that the right end of the inclined portion 186B is positioned rearward than the left end of the inclined portion 186B. That is, the inclined portion 185B extends from the extension portion 185A toward the through hole 46 and is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction, so that the distal end of the inclined portion 185B that is farthest from the extension portion 185A is positioned to be more inclined than the through hole 46 in the left-right direction. The base end of the portion 185B connected to the extension portion 185A is near the through hole 46 . Similarly, the inclined portion 186B extends from the extension portion 186A toward the through hole 46 and is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction so that the distal end of the inclined portion 186B, which is farthest from the extension portion 186A, is positioned farther from the through hole 46 in the left-right direction than the inclined portion. The base end of 186B connected to the extension 186A is closer to the through hole 46 .

第一肋185中的一个第一肋的倾斜部185B的远端(即后端)被定位成比第二肋186中的对应的第二肋的倾斜部186B的远端(即后端)靠后,所述对应的第二肋186与所述一个第一肋185在左右方向上相对。同样,第一肋185中的另一个第一肋的倾斜部185B的远端(即后端)被定位成比第二肋186中的对应的第二肋的倾斜部186B的远端(即后端)靠后,所述对应的第二肋186与所述另一个第一肋185在左右方向上相对。因此,每一个第一肋185的倾斜部185B的远端被定位成离通孔46比对应的第二肋186的倾斜部186B的远端离通孔46近。The distal end (ie, the rear end) of the sloped portion 185B of one of the first ribs 185 is positioned closer to the distal end (ie, the rear end) of the sloped portion 186B of the corresponding second rib 186. Finally, the corresponding second rib 186 is opposite to the one first rib 185 in the left-right direction. Likewise, the distal end (i.e., the rear end) of the sloped portion 185B of the other one of the first ribs 185 is positioned to be smaller than the distal end (i.e., the rear end) of the sloped portion 186B of the corresponding second rib 186B. end) behind, the corresponding second rib 186 is opposite to the other first rib 185 in the left-right direction. Accordingly, the distal end of the inclined portion 185B of each first rib 185 is positioned closer to the through hole 46 than the distal end of the inclined portion 186B of the corresponding second rib 186 is.

顺便提及,第一肋185的数目和第二肋186的数目都不限于两个。此外,第一肋185和第二肋186可以被形成为相对于通孔46向后。此外,第二肋186的倾斜部186B的远端可以被定位成相对于对应的第一肋185的倾斜部185B的远端向后。Incidentally, neither the number of first ribs 185 nor the number of second ribs 186 is limited to two. In addition, the first rib 185 and the second rib 186 may be formed backward relative to the through hole 46 . In addition, the distal end of the inclined portion 186B of the second rib 186 may be positioned rearward relative to the distal end of the corresponding inclined portion 185B of the first rib 185 .

<第二内盖132><Second inner cover 132>

如图9A和图9B中所示,第二内盖132具有板状形状。As shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B , the second inner cover 132 has a plate-like shape.

第二内盖132通过第一内盖131的顶部开口从上方附接到第一内盖131并且设置在第一内盖131的由底壁136和周壁137限定的内部空间中。第二内盖132由第一内盖131支撑在第一内盖131的内部空间中。具体地,在第二内盖132设置在第一内盖131的内部空间中的状态下,第二内盖132的下表面132B与第一内盖131的周壁137的阶梯表面137B(见图8B)接触。阶梯表面137B形成在周壁137的内周表面处并且面向上。因此,下表面132B从上方接触阶梯表面137B。The second inner cover 132 is attached to the first inner cover 131 from above through the top opening of the first inner cover 131 and is disposed in an inner space of the first inner cover 131 defined by the bottom wall 136 and the peripheral wall 137 . The second inner cover 132 is supported by the first inner cover 131 in the inner space of the first inner cover 131 . Specifically, in the state where the second inner cover 132 is set in the inner space of the first inner cover 131, the lower surface 132B of the second inner cover 132 and the stepped surface 137B of the peripheral wall 137 of the first inner cover 131 (see FIG. 8B )touch. The stepped surface 137B is formed at the inner peripheral surface of the peripheral wall 137 and faces upward. Therefore, the lower surface 132B contacts the stepped surface 137B from above.

第二内盖132在其上表面132A处设有肋149。肋149从上表面132A的周缘部向上突出。如图10中所示,第二内盖132由第一内盖131支撑,并且第一内盖131由盒壳体130支撑。在该状态下,第二内盖132的肋149的顶端面149A、第一内盖131的周壁137的顶端面137A、盒壳体130的顶端面130A被定位在相同的假想平面上,该假想平面在前后方向和左右方向上扩展。The second inner cover 132 is provided with ribs 149 at its upper surface 132A. The rib 149 protrudes upward from the peripheral portion of the upper surface 132A. As shown in FIG. 10 , the second inner cover 132 is supported by the first inner cover 131 , and the first inner cover 131 is supported by the cartridge case 130 . In this state, the top end surface 149A of the rib 149 of the second inner cover 132, the top end surface 137A of the peripheral wall 137 of the first inner cover 131, and the top end surface 130A of the cartridge case 130 are positioned on the same virtual plane. The plane expands in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction.

如图9中所示,第二内盖132具有通孔139。在第二内盖132被支撑到第一内盖131的状态下,通孔139与第一内盖131的通孔46在上下方向上相对,并且通孔139位于通孔46上方。换句话说,在第二内盖132被支撑到第一内盖131的状态下,通孔139与通孔46相对于上下方向对准。As shown in FIG. 9 , the second inner cover 132 has a through hole 139 . In a state where the second inner cover 132 is supported to the first inner cover 131 , the through hole 139 is vertically opposed to the through hole 46 of the first inner cover 131 , and the through hole 139 is located above the through hole 46 . In other words, in a state where the second inner cover 132 is supported to the first inner cover 131 , the through hole 139 is aligned with the through hole 46 with respect to the up-down direction.

第二内盖132进一步包括在下表面132B处的肋140。肋140从下表面132B向下突出。肋140被定位成相对于通孔139向前。当从第二内盖132的底侧观察第二内盖132时,肋140具有矩形框状形状。当从第二内盖132的底侧观察第二内盖132时,肋140的形状不限于矩形框状形状,只要肋140具有封闭形状即可。例如,当从第二内盖132的底侧观察第二内盖132时,肋140可以具有圆形形状。The second inner cover 132 further includes ribs 140 at the lower surface 132B. The rib 140 protrudes downward from the lower surface 132B. The rib 140 is positioned forward relative to the through hole 139 . The rib 140 has a rectangular frame-like shape when the second inner cover 132 is viewed from the bottom side of the second inner cover 132 . When the second inner cover 132 is viewed from the bottom side of the second inner cover 132, the shape of the rib 140 is not limited to a rectangular frame-like shape as long as the rib 140 has a closed shape. For example, the rib 140 may have a circular shape when the second inner cover 132 is viewed from the bottom side of the second inner cover 132 .

半透膜141(见图7)被焊接或熔接到肋140的下端表面。半透膜141是具有微孔的多孔膜,其阻挡墨通过但允许空气通过。半透膜141由氟树脂制成,例如聚四氟乙烯、聚三氟氯乙烯、四氟乙烯-六氟丙烯共聚物、四氟乙烯-全氟烷基乙烯基乙烷基共聚物或四氟乙烯-乙烯共聚物。A semipermeable membrane 141 (see FIG. 7 ) is welded or fused to the lower end surface of the rib 140 . The semipermeable membrane 141 is a porous membrane having micropores that blocks the passage of ink but allows the passage of air. The semipermeable membrane 141 is made of fluorine resin such as polytetrafluoroethylene, polychlorotrifluoroethylene, tetrafluoroethylene-hexafluoropropylene copolymer, tetrafluoroethylene-perfluoroalkylvinylethyl copolymer or tetrafluoroethylene Ethylene-ethylene copolymer.

由于半透膜141被焊接到肋140的下端表面,因此肋140、第二内盖132的下表面132B以及半透膜141限定空间89。Since the semipermeable membrane 141 is welded to the lower end surface of the rib 140 , the rib 140 , the lower surface 132B of the second inner cover 132 , and the semipermeable membrane 141 define a space 89 .

第二内盖132还具有通孔142。当从第二内盖132的底侧观察第二内盖132时,通孔142具有形成在下表面132B中的在肋140内部的位置处的一个开口端(即下开口端)。换句话说,通孔142形成在第二内盖132中,使得通孔142的所述一个开口端被定位在下表面132B的提供空间89的部分中。也就是说,通孔142与空间89连通。因此,在空间89在上下方向上介于通孔142和半透膜141之间的情况下,通孔142和半透膜141在上下方向上彼此相对。通孔142形成在相对于空气连通通道72的空气室36的前后中央向前的位置处。通孔142位于由肋140包围的区域中的右前端部处。The second inner cover 132 also has a through hole 142 . The through hole 142 has one open end (ie, a lower open end) formed in the lower surface 132B at a position inside the rib 140 when the second inner cover 132 is viewed from the bottom side of the second inner cover 132 . In other words, the through hole 142 is formed in the second inner cover 132 such that the one open end of the through hole 142 is positioned in the portion of the lower surface 132B where the space 89 is provided. That is, the through hole 142 communicates with the space 89 . Therefore, with the space 89 interposed between the through hole 142 and the semipermeable membrane 141 in the vertical direction, the through hole 142 and the semipermeable membrane 141 are opposed to each other in the vertical direction. The through hole 142 is formed at a position forward relative to the front and rear centers of the air chamber 36 of the air communication passage 72 . The through hole 142 is located at the right front end in the area surrounded by the rib 140 .

顺便提及,通孔142不必需形成在图9中指定的位置处。例如,通孔142可以形成在相对于空气室36的前后中央向后的位置处。可替代地,通孔142可以位于由肋140包围的区域中的左前端部处或后端部处。Incidentally, the through holes 142 are not necessarily formed at the positions specified in FIG. 9 . For example, the through hole 142 may be formed at a rearward position with respect to the front and rear centers of the air chamber 36 . Alternatively, the through hole 142 may be located at the left front end or the rear end in the area surrounded by the rib 140 .

如图9B和图9C中所示,第二内盖132还具有在上表面132A处的迷宫路径143。迷宫路径143由上表面132A、设置在上表面132A处的多个肋144以及焊接到肋144的上端面的膜146(见图7)所限定。As shown in FIGS. 9B and 9C , the second inner cover 132 also has a labyrinth path 143 at the upper surface 132A. The labyrinth path 143 is defined by the upper surface 132A, a plurality of ribs 144 provided at the upper surface 132A, and a membrane 146 (see FIG. 7 ) welded to the upper end surface of the ribs 144 .

多个肋144在前后方向上延伸并且在左右方向上彼此并列。因此,迷宫路径143是从右向左延伸且在前后方向上反复U形转弯的连续通道。迷宫路径143可以不具有如图9B中所示的形状。例如,迷宫路径143可以是在前后方向上延伸且在左右方向上反复U形转弯的连续通道。The plurality of ribs 144 extend in the front-rear direction and are juxtaposed to each other in the left-right direction. Therefore, the labyrinth path 143 is a continuous passage extending from right to left and making repeated U-turns in the front-rear direction. The maze path 143 may not have the shape as shown in FIG. 9B. For example, the labyrinth path 143 may be a continuous passage extending in the front-rear direction and making repeated U-turns in the left-right direction.

迷宫路径143具有与通孔142连通的一端以及与连通孔147连通的另一端。The labyrinth path 143 has one end communicating with the through hole 142 and the other end communicating with the communicating hole 147 .

连通孔147是向上敞开的圆孔。连通孔147由上表面132A和肋148限定。肋148具有中空筒形形状并且从上表面132A向上突出。肋148连接到肋144。因此,肋148连接到迷宫路径143。换句话说,连通孔147与迷宫路径143连通。膜133和膜146由不透液体和空气的材料形成。膜146和膜133(见图7)都没有被焊接到肋148的上端面。因此,连通孔147向上敞开并且与大气连通。连通孔147构成空气连通通道72的端部。The communication hole 147 is a circular hole opened upward. Communication hole 147 is defined by upper surface 132A and rib 148 . The rib 148 has a hollow cylindrical shape and protrudes upward from the upper surface 132A. Rib 148 is connected to rib 144 . Therefore, the rib 148 is connected to the labyrinth path 143 . In other words, the communication hole 147 communicates with the labyrinth path 143 . Membrane 133 and membrane 146 are formed from a material that is impermeable to liquid and air. Neither the membrane 146 nor the membrane 133 (see FIG. 7 ) is welded to the upper end surface of the rib 148 . Therefore, the communication hole 147 opens upward and communicates with the atmosphere. The communication hole 147 constitutes an end portion of the air communication passage 72 .

当从上方观察连通孔147时,连通孔147具有一定的面积。连通孔147的该面积大于沿着与空气流动方向垂直的平面截取的迷宫路径143的截面面积,即,如图9C中所示的沿着与前后方向垂直的平面截取的迷宫路径143的截面面积。在实施例中,例如,连通孔147的面积在3.1平方毫米至23.7平方毫米的范围内,而迷宫路径143的截面面积在0.8平方毫米至1.0平方毫米的范围内。The communication hole 147 has a certain area when the communication hole 147 is viewed from above. The area of the communication hole 147 is larger than the cross-sectional area of the labyrinth path 143 taken along a plane perpendicular to the air flow direction, that is, the cross-sectional area of the labyrinth path 143 taken along a plane perpendicular to the front-rear direction as shown in FIG. 9C . In an embodiment, for example, the communication hole 147 has an area ranging from 3.1 square millimeters to 23.7 square millimeters, and the labyrinth path 143 has a cross-sectional area ranging from 0.8 square millimeters to 1.0 square millimeters.

顺便提及,连通孔147不限于圆孔。此外,连通孔147可以面向除了向上方向54之外的任何方向。Incidentally, the communication hole 147 is not limited to a circular hole. In addition, the communication hole 147 may face any direction other than the upward direction 54 .

此外,第二内盖132在通孔139周围在上表面132A处具有肋156、一对肋157和一对肋158。Further, the second inner cover 132 has a rib 156 , a pair of ribs 157 and a pair of ribs 158 at the upper surface 132A around the through hole 139 .

肋156沿着通孔139的周缘从上表面132A突出。肋156具有中空筒形形状。肋156适应于相对于左右方向和前后方向固定阀机构135(见图7和图10)的阀体161的杆165的位置,该杆165插入到通孔139中。The rib 156 protrudes from the upper surface 132A along the periphery of the through hole 139 . The rib 156 has a hollow cylindrical shape. The rib 156 is adapted to the position of the rod 165 of the valve body 161 of the fixed valve mechanism 135 (see FIGS. 7 and 10 ), which is inserted into the through hole 139 , with respect to the left-right direction and the front-rear direction.

设置一对肋157,使得肋156在前后方向上介于肋157之间。当从上方观察时,每一个肋157是U形的,其中“U”形的开口面向肋156。肋157适应于相对于左右方向和前后方向固定阀机构135(见图7)的阀体161的杆165的位置。A pair of ribs 157 is provided such that the rib 156 is interposed between the ribs 157 in the front-rear direction. Each rib 157 is U-shaped when viewed from above, with the opening of the "U" facing the rib 156 . The rib 157 is adapted to fix the position of the rod 165 of the valve body 161 of the valve mechanism 135 (see FIG. 7 ) with respect to the left-right direction and the front-rear direction.

设置一对肋158,使得肋156和肋157在前后方向上介于肋158之间。每一个肋158在其远端处折曲。每一个肋158的在远端处的折曲部能够与支撑构件150(见图10)的接合部152接合。A pair of ribs 158 is provided such that the rib 156 and the rib 157 are interposed between the ribs 158 in the front-rear direction. Each rib 158 is flexed at its distal end. The bent portion at the distal end of each rib 158 is engageable with the engagement portion 152 of the support member 150 (see FIG. 10 ).

<膜133><Film 133>

如图7中所示,膜133具有矩形形状。如图10中所示,膜133被焊接到盒壳体130的顶端面130A、第一内盖131的周壁137的顶端面137A以及第二内盖的肋149的顶端面149A。膜133不必需具有矩形形状。膜133可以具有除了矩形形状之外的任何形状,只要膜133能够被如上所述焊接到顶端面130A、顶端面137A和顶端面149A即可。As shown in FIG. 7, the film 133 has a rectangular shape. As shown in FIG. 10 , the film 133 is welded to the top end surface 130A of the cartridge case 130 , the top end surface 137A of the peripheral wall 137 of the first inner cover 131 , and the top end surface 149A of the rib 149 of the second inner cover. The film 133 does not necessarily have a rectangular shape. The membrane 133 may have any shape other than a rectangular shape as long as the membrane 133 can be welded to the top end face 130A, the top end face 137A, and the top end face 149A as described above.

如图7中所示,膜133具有开口159和开口160。在膜133被焊接到顶端面130A、顶端面137A和顶端面149A的状态下,开口159形成在与肋144对应的位置处。因此,在膜133被焊接到顶端面130A、顶端面137A和顶端面149A的状态下,焊接到肋144的膜146通过开口159暴露到外部。在膜133被焊接到顶端面130A、顶端面137A和顶端面149A的状态下,开口160形成在与肋156、肋157、肋158和阀机构135对应的位置处。因此,在膜133被焊接到顶端面130A、顶端面137A和顶端面149A的状态下,肋156、肋157、肋158和阀机构135通过开口160暴露到外部。As shown in FIG. 7 , membrane 133 has opening 159 and opening 160 . Openings 159 are formed at positions corresponding to the ribs 144 in a state where the film 133 is welded to the top end surface 130A, the top end surface 137A, and the top end surface 149A. Therefore, in a state where the film 133 is welded to the top end surface 130A, the top end surface 137A, and the top end surface 149A, the film 146 welded to the rib 144 is exposed to the outside through the opening 159 . Openings 160 are formed at positions corresponding to rib 156 , rib 157 , rib 158 and valve mechanism 135 in a state where film 133 is welded to tip end face 130A, tip end face 137A, and tip end face 149A. Accordingly, the ribs 156 , 157 , 158 and the valve mechanism 135 are exposed to the outside through the opening 160 in a state where the membrane 133 is welded to the top end face 130A, the top end face 137A, and the top end face 149A.

<外盖134><outer cover 134>

如图7中所示,外盖134具有向下敞开的大体盒状形状。外盖134包括顶壁39、前壁82、后壁83、右侧壁84和左侧壁85。前壁82从顶壁39的前端向下延伸。前壁82具有连接到盒壳体130的前壁40的下端。外盖134的前壁82以及盒壳体130的前壁40和连接壁49构成了墨盒30的前壁。后壁83从顶壁39的后端向下延伸。后壁83具有连接到盒壳体130的后壁41的下端。外盖134的后壁83以及盒壳体130的后壁41构成了墨盒30的后壁。右侧壁84从顶壁39的右端向下延伸并且将前壁82连接到后壁83。右侧壁84具有连接到盒壳体130的右侧壁37的下端。外盖134的右侧壁84以及盒壳体130的右侧壁37构成了墨盒30的右侧壁。左侧壁85从顶壁39的左端向下延伸并且将前壁82连接到后壁83。左侧壁85具有连接到盒壳体130的左侧壁38的下端。外盖134的左侧壁85以及盒壳体130的左侧壁38构成了墨盒30的左侧壁。As shown in FIG. 7 , the outer cover 134 has a generally box-like shape opened downward. The outer cover 134 includes a top wall 39 , a front wall 82 , a rear wall 83 , a right side wall 84 and a left side wall 85 . The front wall 82 extends downward from the front end of the top wall 39 . The front wall 82 has a lower end connected to the front wall 40 of the cartridge case 130 . The front wall 82 of the outer cover 134 and the front wall 40 and the connection wall 49 of the cartridge case 130 constitute the front wall of the ink cartridge 30 . The rear wall 83 extends downward from the rear end of the top wall 39 . The rear wall 83 has a lower end connected to the rear wall 41 of the cartridge case 130 . The rear wall 83 of the outer cover 134 and the rear wall 41 of the cartridge case 130 constitute the rear wall of the ink cartridge 30 . A right side wall 84 extends downward from the right end of the top wall 39 and connects the front wall 82 to the rear wall 83 . The right side wall 84 has a lower end connected to the right side wall 37 of the cartridge case 130 . The right side wall 84 of the outer cover 134 and the right side wall 37 of the cartridge case 130 constitute the right side wall of the ink cartridge 30 . A left side wall 85 extends downward from the left end of the top wall 39 and connects the front wall 82 to the rear wall 83 . The left side wall 85 has a lower end connected to the left side wall 38 of the cartridge case 130 . The left side wall 85 of the outer cover 134 and the left side wall 38 of the cartridge case 130 constitute the left side wall of the ink cartridge 30 .

前壁82、后壁83、右侧壁84和左侧壁85中的每一个壁具有开口86。盒壳体130的接合爪88能够分别与开口86接合。通过将接合爪88与开口86接合,外盖134从上方覆盖盒壳体130。在实施例中,开口86形成在外盖134中,而接合爪88设置在盒壳体130处。然而,接合爪88可以设置在外盖134处,而开口86可以形成在盒壳体130中。Each of the front wall 82 , rear wall 83 , right side wall 84 and left side wall 85 has an opening 86 . The engaging claws 88 of the cartridge case 130 are capable of engaging with the openings 86, respectively. By engaging the engaging claw 88 with the opening 86 , the outer cover 134 covers the cartridge case 130 from above. In the embodiment, the opening 86 is formed in the outer cover 134 , and the engagement claw 88 is provided at the cartridge case 130 . However, the engagement claw 88 may be provided at the outer cover 134 and the opening 86 may be formed in the cartridge case 130 .

如图4和图5中所示,顶壁39具有开口44,该开口44在前后方向上延伸。开口44形成于在第二内盖132的肋156、肋157和肋158上方的位置处。As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 , the top wall 39 has an opening 44 extending in the front-rear direction. The opening 44 is formed at a position above the rib 156 , the rib 157 and the rib 158 of the second inner cover 132 .

外盖134包括突出部43,该突出部43从顶壁39向上突出。突出部43设置在顶壁39上,以从开口44的右侧、左侧和后侧包围开口44。锁定轴145(图3)能够从外部接入突出部43。The outer cover 134 includes a protrusion 43 protruding upward from the top wall 39 . Protrusions 43 are provided on the top wall 39 to surround the opening 44 from the right, left and rear sides of the opening 44 . The locking shaft 145 ( FIG. 3 ) can be accessed from the outside into the protrusion 43 .

如图6中所示,突出部43具有后端,其后表面面向后。突出部43的后表面用作锁定表面151。锁定表面151被定位成相对于顶壁39的顶表面向上。锁定表面151在上下方向和左右方向上延伸。在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的状态下,面向后的锁定表面151与锁定轴145接触。因为面向后的锁定表面151抵靠在锁定轴145上,所以抵抗螺旋弹簧78的推压力将墨盒30保持在盒附接部110中。在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的状态下,能够从墨盒30的外部接入被接入部件或构件(诸如突出部43)。As shown in FIG. 6, the protruding portion 43 has a rear end with a rear surface facing rearward. The rear surface of the protrusion 43 serves as the locking surface 151 . The locking surface 151 is positioned upward relative to the top surface of the top wall 39 . The locking surface 151 extends in the up-down direction and the left-right direction. In a state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the rearward-facing locking surface 151 is in contact with the locking shaft 145 . Because the rearward-facing locking surface 151 abuts on the locking shaft 145 , the ink cartridge 30 is held in the cartridge attachment portion 110 against the urging force of the coil spring 78 . In a state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , an inserted part or member such as the protrusion 43 can be accessed from the outside of the ink cartridge 30 .

如图4和图5中所示,突出部43包括一对壁114。在开口44介于一对壁114之间的情况下,一对壁114位于锁定表面151的前方。每一个壁114具有包括水平表面154和倾斜表面155的上端表面。水平表面154具有与锁定表面151连续的后端。倾斜表面155被定位成相对于水平表面154向前。倾斜表面155与水平表面154的前端连续。倾斜表面155面向上且面向前。倾斜表面155倾斜,使得其前端被定位成比其后端靠下。由于水平表面154将锁定表面151连接到倾斜表面155,因此锁定表面151和倾斜表面155不提供脊状形状。因此,在墨盒30插入到盒附接部110中的过程期间,锁定轴145在接触倾斜表面155和水平表面154的同时被倾斜表面155和水平表面154平稳地引导到比锁定表面151靠后的位置。As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 , the protrusion 43 includes a pair of walls 114 . With the opening 44 interposed between the pair of walls 114 , the pair of walls 114 is located in front of the locking surface 151 . Each wall 114 has an upper end surface including a horizontal surface 154 and an inclined surface 155 . The horizontal surface 154 has a rear end continuous with the locking surface 151 . The inclined surface 155 is positioned forward relative to the horizontal surface 154 . The inclined surface 155 is continuous with the front end of the horizontal surface 154 . The inclined surface 155 faces upward and forward. The inclined surface 155 is inclined such that its front end is positioned lower than its rear end. Since the horizontal surface 154 connects the locking surface 151 to the inclined surface 155, the locking surface 151 and the inclined surface 155 do not provide a ridge-like shape. Therefore, during the process of inserting the ink cartridge 30 into the cartridge attachment portion 110, the lock shaft 145 is smoothly guided by the inclined surface 155 and the horizontal surface 154 to a position behind the locking surface 151 while contacting the inclined surface 155 and the horizontal surface 154. Location.

外盖134进一步包括操作部90。操作部90设置在顶壁39上且在相对于锁定表面151向后的位置处。操作部90可以由使用者操纵。顶壁39在其后端部处具有次上表面91。操作部90设置在次上表面91上方并且与次上表面91间隔开。操作部90具有大体平板状的形状。具体地,操作部90从在次上表面91和顶壁39的其余上表面之间的边界区域向上突出到与突出部43相同的高度。操作部90的上端被定位成比操作部90的下端靠前。如图5和图6中所示,肋94设置在操作部90和次上表面91之间。肋94将操作部90连接到次上表面91。肋94从在次上表面91和其余上表面之间的边界区域向后延伸。肋94在左右方向上的尺寸小于操作部90在左右方向上的尺寸,并且也小于次上表面91在左右方向上的尺寸。肋94能够抑制操作部90的后部在上下方向上的变形。The outer cover 134 further includes an operation portion 90 . The operation portion 90 is provided on the top wall 39 at a position rearward with respect to the locking surface 151 . The operation unit 90 can be manipulated by a user. The top wall 39 has a secondary upper surface 91 at its rear end. The operation portion 90 is disposed above the secondary upper surface 91 and spaced apart from the secondary upper surface 91 . The operation portion 90 has a substantially flat plate shape. Specifically, the operation portion 90 protrudes upward from the boundary area between the secondary upper surface 91 and the remaining upper surface of the top wall 39 to the same height as the protruding portion 43 . The upper end of the operation part 90 is positioned forward than the lower end of the operation part 90 . As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6 , a rib 94 is provided between the operation portion 90 and the secondary upper surface 91 . The rib 94 connects the operation portion 90 to the secondary upper surface 91 . The rib 94 extends rearward from the boundary area between the secondary upper surface 91 and the remaining upper surface. The dimension of the rib 94 in the left-right direction is smaller than the dimension of the operation portion 90 in the left-right direction, and is also smaller than the dimension of the secondary upper surface 91 in the left-right direction. The rib 94 can suppress deformation of the rear portion of the operation portion 90 in the up-down direction.

操作部90具有面向上且面向后的表面。该表面用作操作表面92。操作表面92的后部和次上表面91被定位成在前后方向上彼此重叠。换句话说,当从上方观察墨盒30时,操作表面92的后部与次上表面91重叠。在操作表面92上,形成有在左右方向上延伸的多个凸起(例如多个伸出肋93)。伸出肋93在前后方向上彼此间隔开。作为多个凸起的伸出肋93允许使用者物理识别操作表面92。当使用者操纵操作表面92时,伸出肋93还能够用于防止使用者的手指在操作表面92上滑过。如上所述,在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的状态下,能够从墨盒30的外部接入被接入部件或构件。然而,在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的状态下,被接入部件可以是待被使用者接入以操纵其的部件。The operation portion 90 has a surface facing upward and rearward. This surface serves as the operating surface 92 . The rear portion of the operation surface 92 and the secondary upper surface 91 are positioned to overlap each other in the front-rear direction. In other words, when the ink cartridge 30 is viewed from above, the rear portion of the operation surface 92 overlaps the secondary upper surface 91 . On the operation surface 92, a plurality of protrusions (for example, a plurality of protruding ribs 93) extending in the left-right direction are formed. The protruding ribs 93 are spaced apart from each other in the front-rear direction. The protruding ribs 93 as a plurality of protrusions allow the user to physically recognize the operation surface 92 . The protruding ribs 93 can also serve to prevent the user's fingers from slipping on the operation surface 92 when the user manipulates the operation surface 92 . As described above, in the state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , it is possible to access the inserted part or member from the outside of the ink cartridge 30 . However, in a state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the inserted member may be a member to be inserted by the user to manipulate it.

当从墨盒30的上侧观察墨盒30时,能够视觉识别操作表面92。当从墨盒30的后侧观察墨盒30时,也能够视觉识别操作表面92。使用者操纵操作表面92,以将附接到盒附接部110的墨盒30从操作表面92移除。顺便提及,在实施例中,操作部90与外盖134一体形成。因此,操作部90被固定到外盖134并且不能相对于外盖134移动。因此,操作部90不能相对于外盖134枢转移动。因此,由使用者施加到操作表面92的力直接传递到外盖134而不会改变力的方向。The operation surface 92 can be visually recognized when the ink cartridge 30 is viewed from the upper side of the ink cartridge 30 . The operation surface 92 can also be visually recognized when the ink cartridge 30 is viewed from the rear side of the ink cartridge 30 . The user manipulates the operation surface 92 to remove the ink cartridge 30 attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 from the operation surface 92 . Incidentally, in the embodiment, the operation portion 90 is integrally formed with the outer cover 134 . Therefore, the operation portion 90 is fixed to the outer cover 134 and cannot move relative to the outer cover 134 . Therefore, the operation portion 90 cannot pivotally move relative to the outer cover 134 . Therefore, the force applied by the user to the operation surface 92 is directly transmitted to the outer cover 134 without changing the direction of the force.

构成墨盒30的前壁40、82、后壁41、83、顶壁39、底壁42、48、右侧壁37、84和左侧壁38、85中的每一个壁的外表面不必需被构造成一个平坦表面。也就是说,墨盒30的前表面(即前壁的外表面)可以是当从墨盒30的前侧观察在其操作姿态中的墨盒30时可见的且被定位成相对于在其操作姿态中的墨盒30的前后中央向前的任何表面(一个或多个)。因此,连接壁49的前表面可以构成墨盒30的前壁的前表面的一部分。墨盒30的后表面(即后壁的外表面)可以是当从墨盒30的后侧观察在其操作姿态中的墨盒30时可见的且被定位成相对于墨盒30的前后中央向后的任何表面(一个或多个)。墨盒30的顶表面(即顶壁的外表面)可以是当从上方观察在其操作姿态中的墨盒30时可见的且被定位成相对于墨盒30的上下(竖直)中央向上的任何表面(一个或多个)。墨盒30的底表面(即底壁的外表面)可以是当从下方观察在其操作姿态中的墨盒30时可见的且被定位成相对于墨盒30的上下中央向下的任何表面(一个或多个)。同样的情况也施用于墨盒30的右表面(即右侧壁的外表面)和墨盒30的左表面(即左侧壁的外表面)。墨盒30的右表面可以是当从墨盒30的右侧观察在其操作姿态中的墨盒30时可见的且被定位成相对于墨盒30的左右中央向右的任何表面(一个或多个)。墨盒30的左表面可以是当从墨盒30的左侧观察在其操作姿态中的墨盒30时可见的且被定位成相对于墨盒30的左右中央向左的任何表面(一个或多个)。The outer surfaces of each of the front wall 40, 82, rear wall 41, 83, top wall 39, bottom wall 42, 48, right side wall 37, 84, and left side wall 38, 85 constituting the ink cartridge 30 are not necessarily covered. Constructed as a flat surface. That is to say, the front surface of the ink cartridge 30 (i.e. the outer surface of the front wall) may be visible when observing the ink cartridge 30 in its operating posture from the front side of the ink cartridge 30 and positioned relative to the ink cartridge 30 in its operating posture. Any surface(s) forward of the front and rear centers of the ink cartridge 30 . Therefore, the front surface of the connecting wall 49 may constitute a part of the front surface of the front wall of the ink cartridge 30 . The rear surface of the ink cartridge 30 (ie, the outer surface of the rear wall) may be any surface that is visible when the ink cartridge 30 in its operating posture is viewed from the rear side of the ink cartridge 30 and that is positioned backward relative to the front and rear centers of the ink cartridge 30 (one or more). The top surface (i.e., the outer surface of the top wall) of the ink cartridge 30 may be any surface that is visible when the ink cartridge 30 in its operating posture is viewed from above and positioned upward relative to the upper and lower (vertical) centers of the ink cartridge 30 ( one or more). The bottom surface of the ink cartridge 30 (i.e., the outer surface of the bottom wall) may be any surface (one or more surfaces) that is visible when viewing the ink cartridge 30 in its operating posture from below and that is positioned downward relative to the upper and lower centers of the ink cartridge 30. indivual). The same applies to the right surface of the ink cartridge 30 (ie, the outer surface of the right side wall) and the left surface of the ink cartridge 30 (ie, the outer surface of the left side wall). The right surface of the ink cartridge 30 may be any surface(s) that is visible when viewing the ink cartridge 30 in its operating posture from the right side of the ink cartridge 30 and positioned to the right with respect to the left and right centers of the ink cartridge 30 . The left surface of the ink cartridge 30 may be any surface(s) visible when viewing the ink cartridge 30 in its operating posture from the left side of the ink cartridge 30 and positioned leftward with respect to the left and right centers of the ink cartridge 30 .

如图4至图6中所示,外盖134进一步包括挡光板67。挡光板67设置在顶壁39的顶表面(外表面)上。挡光板67从顶壁39的顶表面向上突出。挡光板67具有在前后方向上延伸的平板状形状。挡光板67与顶壁39是一体的。挡光板67可以不与顶壁39是一体的。挡光板67被定位成相对于突出部43向前。挡光板板67也被定位成相对于IC板64(稍后描述)向前。在实施例中,挡光板67是含有能够吸收光的着色材料(例如,黑色颜料、炭黑颜料或黑色染料)的树脂板。可替代地,可以通过将不能透光的材料(例如铝)附接到能够透光的板的侧表面来构造挡光板67。As shown in FIGS. 4 to 6 , the outer cover 134 further includes a light blocking plate 67 . The light blocking plate 67 is provided on the top surface (outer surface) of the top wall 39 . The light blocking plate 67 protrudes upward from the top surface of the top wall 39 . The light blocking plate 67 has a flat plate-like shape extending in the front-rear direction. The light barrier 67 is integral with the top wall 39 . The light barrier 67 may not be integral with the top wall 39 . The light blocking plate 67 is positioned forward with respect to the protruding portion 43 . The bezel plate 67 is also positioned forward with respect to the IC board 64 (described later). In an embodiment, the light blocking plate 67 is a resin plate containing a coloring material capable of absorbing light (for example, black pigment, carbon black pigment, or black dye). Alternatively, the light blocking plate 67 may be constructed by attaching a light-impermeable material such as aluminum to a side surface of a plate capable of light transmission.

如图6中所示,挡光板67具有切口66。切口66从挡光板67的上边缘67C向下凹进并且在前后方向上延伸。当墨盒30完全附接到盒附接部110时,切口66形成在挡光板67中的在左右方向上与光学传感器113对准的位置处。挡光板67具有用作挡光表面67A的左右表面。从墨盒30的外部发射的且在左右方向上行进的光能够接入挡光表面67A。具体地,挡光表面67A包括挡光部68,该挡光部68适应于在墨盒30相对于盒附接部110的附接和移除过程期间阻挡从光学传感器113发射的且在左右方向上行进的光(见图2和图6)。换句话说,挡光部68被构造成:当挡光部68接收到光时,挡光部68防止光通过该挡光部68或改变光的路径。挡光部68设置在挡光表面67A的从挡光板67的前边缘67B到切口66的前边缘的区域处。在墨盒30相对于盒附接部110的附接和移除过程期间,从光学传感器113的光发射器发射的光在光到达光学传感器113的光接收器处之前入射在挡光部68上。此时,在光接收器处接收的光的光强度小于预定强度,例如为零。注意,挡光部68可以完全阻挡在左右方向上行进的光或者可以使光部分地衰减。可替代地,挡光部68可以折射光以改变其行进方向,或者可以完全反射光。本文中的短语“阻挡光”意指防止从光发射器发射的光以光接收器能够检测到挡光板67的量到达光接收器。当墨盒30完全附接到盒附接部110时,切口66与光学传感器113相对,使得从光学传感器113的光发射器发射的光能够穿过切口66以到达光学传感器113的光接收器。As shown in FIG. 6 , the light blocking plate 67 has a cutout 66 . The cutout 66 is recessed downward from the upper edge 67C of the light blocking plate 67 and extends in the front-rear direction. When the ink cartridge 30 is fully attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the cutout 66 is formed in the light blocking plate 67 at a position aligned with the optical sensor 113 in the left-right direction. The light blocking plate 67 has left and right surfaces serving as light blocking surfaces 67A. Light emitted from the outside of the ink cartridge 30 and traveling in the left and right directions can enter the light blocking surface 67A. Specifically, the light blocking surface 67A includes a light blocking portion 68 adapted to block light emitted from the optical sensor 113 and in the left-right direction during the attachment and removal process of the ink cartridge 30 with respect to the cartridge attachment portion 110 . Traveling light (see Figure 2 and Figure 6). In other words, the light blocking portion 68 is configured such that when the light blocking portion 68 receives light, the light blocking portion 68 prevents the light from passing through the light blocking portion 68 or changes the path of the light. The light blocking portion 68 is provided at a region of the light blocking surface 67A from the front edge 67B of the light blocking plate 67 to the front edge of the cutout 66 . During the attachment and removal process of the ink cartridge 30 relative to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , light emitted from the light emitter of the optical sensor 113 is incident on the light blocking portion 68 before the light reaches the light receiver of the optical sensor 113 . At this time, the light intensity of the light received at the light receiver is less than a predetermined intensity, for example, zero. Note that the light blocking portion 68 may completely block light traveling in the left-right direction or may partially attenuate the light. Alternatively, the light blocking portion 68 may refract the light to change its direction of travel, or may reflect the light entirely. The phrase "blocking light" herein means preventing the light emitted from the light emitter from reaching the light receiver in an amount that the light receiver can detect the light barrier 67 . When the ink cartridge 30 is fully attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the cutout 66 is opposed to the optical sensor 113 so that light emitted from the light emitter of the optical sensor 113 can pass through the cutout 66 to reach the light receiver of the optical sensor 113 .

挡光板67可以不形成有切口66。根据墨盒30的类型,挡光板67可以具有或可以不具有切口66。换句话说,取决于墨盒30的类型,在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的状态下,通过光学传感器113可以检测到或可以不检测到挡光板67。具体地,墨盒30的类型意指例如储存在墨盒30中的墨的颜色、储存在墨盒30中的墨的类型(颜料墨或染料墨)以及储存在墨盒30中的墨的初始量(大量或少量)。The light blocking plate 67 may not be formed with the cutout 66 . Depending on the type of ink cartridge 30 , light barrier 67 may or may not have cutout 66 . In other words, depending on the type of the ink cartridge 30 , the light blocking plate 67 may or may not be detected by the optical sensor 113 in a state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 . Specifically, the type of the ink cartridge 30 means, for example, the color of the ink stored in the ink cartridge 30, the type of ink stored in the ink cartridge 30 (pigment ink or dye ink), and the initial amount of ink stored in the ink cartridge 30 (a large amount or small amount).

如图22中所示,挡光板267具有在前后方向上延伸的平板状形状。在挡光板267中未形成切口。除了未形成切口66之外,挡光板267具有与挡光板67相同的构造。挡光板267具有挡光表面267A,该挡光表面267A包括挡光部268。挡光部268设置在挡光表面267A的从挡光板267的前边缘267B到墨盒30完全附接到盒附接部110时光学传感器113所对的位置的区域中。在这种情况下,在墨盒30相对于盒附接部110的附接和移除过程期间,从光学传感器113的光发射器发射的光被挡光部268阻挡、减弱、折射或反射。此外,由于挡光部268具有在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的状态下与光学传感器113相对的部分268A,因此当墨盒30完全附接到盒附接部110时,从光学传感器113的光发射器发射的光被挡光部268阻挡、减弱、折射或反射。As shown in FIG. 22 , the light blocking plate 267 has a flat plate-like shape extending in the front-rear direction. No cutout is formed in the light blocking plate 267 . The light blocking plate 267 has the same configuration as the light blocking plate 67 except that the cutout 66 is not formed. The light blocking plate 267 has a light blocking surface 267A including a light blocking portion 268 . The light blocking portion 268 is provided in a region of the light blocking surface 267A from the front edge 267B of the light blocking plate 267 to the position where the optical sensor 113 faces when the ink cartridge 30 is completely attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 . In this case, the light emitted from the light emitter of the optical sensor 113 is blocked, attenuated, refracted or reflected by the light blocking portion 268 during the attaching and removing process of the ink cartridge 30 with respect to the cartridge attaching portion 110 . Further, since the light blocking portion 268 has a portion 268A opposed to the optical sensor 113 in a state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attaching portion 110 , when the ink cartridge 30 is completely attached to the cartridge attaching portion 110 , the light from the optical sensor 113 The light emitted by the light emitter is blocked, weakened, refracted or reflected by the light blocking part 268.

在墨盒30相对于盒附接部110的附接和移除过程期间,利用挡光板67,打印机10例如能够基于光学传感器113的光接收器所接收的光的强度来确定墨盒30是否已经附接到盒附接部110。对于具有挡光板267的墨盒30,打印机10可以基于从光学传感器113的光发射器发射的光是否被挡光板267阻挡来确定墨盒30是否已经附接到盒附接部110,也就是说,当墨盒30已经附接到盒附接部110时,检测到挡光板267。During the attachment and removal process of the ink cartridge 30 with respect to the cartridge attachment portion 110, using the light barrier 67, the printer 10 can determine whether the ink cartridge 30 has been attached based on the intensity of light received by the light receiver of the optical sensor 113, for example. to the box attachment 110. For the ink cartridge 30 having the light blocking plate 267, the printer 10 can determine whether the ink cartridge 30 has been attached to the cartridge attaching part 110 based on whether the light emitted from the light emitter of the optical sensor 113 is blocked by the light blocking plate 267, that is, when When the ink cartridge 30 has been attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110, the light blocking plate 267 is detected.

此外,打印机10能够基于切口66的存在或不存在,也就是说基于从光学传感器113的光发射器发射的待由光学传感器113的光接收器接收的光是否穿过切口66,来确定附接到盒附接部110的墨盒30的类型。使用者还可以基于切口66的存在或不存在来视觉确定墨盒30的类型。此外,在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的过程期间以及当墨盒30已经附接到盒附接部110时,打印机10可以基于从光学传感器113输出的检测信号的变化来确定关于附接到盒附接部110的墨盒30的信息。In addition, the printer 10 can determine the attachment based on the presence or absence of the cutout 66, that is, based on whether the light emitted from the light emitter of the optical sensor 113 to be received by the light receiver of the optical sensor 113 passes through the cutout 66. The type of ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attachment portion 110 . The user can also visually determine the type of ink cartridge 30 based on the presence or absence of cutout 66 . Furthermore, during the process of attaching the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attaching portion 110 and when the ink cartridge 30 has been attached to the cartridge attaching portion 110 , the printer 10 can determine, based on a change in the detection signal output from the optical sensor 113 , whether the ink cartridge 30 is attached or not. Information of the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attachment portion 110 .

如图4至图6中所示,IC板64设置在顶壁39的顶表面处。IC板64在前后方向上位于挡光板67和突出部43之间。IC板64被定位成在前后方向上离供墨部34比突出部43离供墨部34近。换句话说,在顶壁39处,挡光板67、IC板64和突出部43从顶壁39的前侧到后侧依次布置。具体地,在顶壁39处,挡光板67的挡光表面67A、IC板64的电极65的上表面以及突出部43的锁定表面151从顶壁39的前侧到后侧依次布置。在墨盒30插入到盒附接部110中的过程期间,IC板64电连接到四个接触部106。在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的状态下,维持IC板64和四个接触部106之间的电连接。As shown in FIGS. 4 to 6 , an IC board 64 is provided at the top surface of the top wall 39 . The IC board 64 is located between the light blocking plate 67 and the protruding portion 43 in the front-rear direction. The IC board 64 is positioned closer to the ink supply portion 34 in the front-rear direction than the protruding portion 43 is to the ink supply portion 34 . In other words, at the top wall 39 , the light blocking plate 67 , the IC board 64 , and the protrusion 43 are sequentially arranged from the front side to the rear side of the top wall 39 . Specifically, at the top wall 39 , the light blocking surface 67A of the light blocking plate 67 , the upper surface of the electrode 65 of the IC board 64 , and the locking surface 151 of the protrusion 43 are arranged in this order from the front side to the rear side of the top wall 39 . During the process of inserting the ink cartridge 30 into the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the IC board 64 is electrically connected to the four contact portions 106 . In a state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , electrical connection between the IC board 64 and the four contact portions 106 is maintained.

IC板64包括基板、IC(未示出)和四个电极65。基板支撑IC。四个电极65安装在基板上。四个电极65电连接到IC。四个电极65在前后方向上延伸并且在左右方向上排列。四个电极65设置在基板的上表面上并且暴露于外部,以允许从上方电接入这四个电极65。当墨盒30已经附接到盒附接部110时,四个电极65的上表面能够分别直接接触壳体101的四个接触部106。IC是半导体集成电路。IC可读地存储指示关于墨盒30的信息的数据,诸如批号、制造日期、墨的颜色、片材的可打印的张数等。顺便提及,基板可以是刚性基板或具有柔性的柔性基板。The IC board 64 includes a substrate, an IC (not shown), and four electrodes 65 . The substrate supports the IC. Four electrodes 65 are mounted on the substrate. Four electrodes 65 are electrically connected to the IC. The four electrodes 65 extend in the front-rear direction and are arranged in the left-right direction. Four electrodes 65 are provided on the upper surface of the substrate and exposed to the outside to allow electrical access to the four electrodes 65 from above. When the ink cartridge 30 has been attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the upper surfaces of the four electrodes 65 can directly contact the four contact portions 106 of the housing 101 , respectively. IC is a semiconductor integrated circuit. The IC readably stores data indicating information on the ink cartridge 30, such as a lot number, date of manufacture, color of ink, printable number of sheets, and the like. Incidentally, the substrate may be a rigid substrate or a flexible substrate having flexibility.

<墨盒30的内部构造><Internal Structure of Ink Cartridge 30>

如图10中所示,墨盒30包括第一储存室32、第二储存室33、墨阀室35和空气连通通道72。第一储存室32、第二储存室33、墨阀室35和空气连通通道72设置在墨盒30的内部。As shown in FIG. 10 , the ink cartridge 30 includes a first storage chamber 32 , a second storage chamber 33 , an ink valve chamber 35 and an air communication passage 72 . The first storage chamber 32 , the second storage chamber 33 , the ink valve chamber 35 and the air communication passage 72 are provided inside the ink cartridge 30 .

内底壁部45设置在墨盒30的内部。更具体地,盒壳体130具有内底壁部45。内底壁部45在前后方向和左右方向上延伸。在盒壳体130支撑第一内盖131的状态下,内底壁部45在上下方向上与第一内盖131的底壁136相对。内底壁部45的上表面45A与次底壁部48的上表面48A连续。The inner bottom wall portion 45 is provided inside the ink cartridge 30 . More specifically, the cartridge case 130 has an inner bottom wall portion 45 . The inner bottom wall portion 45 extends in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction. In a state where the cartridge case 130 supports the first inner cover 131 , the inner bottom wall portion 45 is opposed to the bottom wall 136 of the first inner cover 131 in the up-down direction. An upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 is continuous with an upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 .

第一储存室32的上端由第一内盖131的底壁136的下表面136B限定。第一储存室32的下端由内底壁部45的上表面45A和次底壁部48的上表面48A限定。第一储存室32的前端由前壁40的内表面40A限定。第一储存室32的后端由后壁41的内表面41A限定。第一储存室32的左端由左侧壁38的内表面38A限定。第一储存室32的右端由右侧壁37的内表面37A限定。因此,第一储存室32是由第一内盖131的底壁136的下表面136B、内底壁部45的上表面45A、次底壁部48的上表面48A、前壁40的内表面40A、后壁41的内表面41A、右侧壁37的内表面37A和左侧壁38的内表面38A限定的空间。第一储存室32在前后方向上的尺寸大于第一储存室32在左右方向上的尺寸。前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38与第一内盖131之间的间隙由膜133液密地密封。The upper end of the first storage chamber 32 is defined by the lower surface 136B of the bottom wall 136 of the first inner cover 131 . The lower end of the first storage chamber 32 is defined by the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 and the upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 . The front end of the first storage chamber 32 is defined by the inner surface 40A of the front wall 40 . The rear end of the first storage chamber 32 is defined by the inner surface 41A of the rear wall 41 . The left end of the first storage chamber 32 is defined by the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 . The right end of the first storage chamber 32 is defined by the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 . Therefore, the first storage chamber 32 is composed of the lower surface 136B of the bottom wall 136 of the first inner cover 131, the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45, the upper surface 48A of the second bottom wall portion 48, and the inner surface 40A of the front wall 40. , the inner surface 41A of the rear wall 41, the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37, and the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 define a space. The size of the first storage chamber 32 in the front-rear direction is larger than the size of the first storage chamber 32 in the left-right direction. Gaps between the front wall 40 , the rear wall 41 , the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 and the first inner cover 131 are fluid-tightly sealed by the membrane 133 .

第一肋185和第二肋186从第一内盖131的底壁136的下表面136B突出到第一储存室32中。下表面136B是限定第一储存室32的表面中的一个表面。The first rib 185 and the second rib 186 protrude from the lower surface 136B of the bottom wall 136 of the first inner cover 131 into the first storage chamber 32 . The lower surface 136B is one of the surfaces defining the first storage chamber 32 .

肋185、186从下表面136B突出。然而,没有肋从除了下表面136B之外的限定第一储存室32的表面突出。也就是说,内底壁部45的上表面45A、次底壁部48的上表面48A、前壁40的内表面40A、后壁41的内表面41A、右侧壁37的内表面37A和左侧壁38的内表面38A都不具有从其朝向第一储存室32突出或延伸的向内突出的部分(诸如肋)。优选地,在内底壁部45的上表面45A、次底壁部48的上表面48A、前壁40的内表面40A、后壁41的内表面41A、右侧壁37的内表面37A和左侧壁38的内表面38A上应未形成有向内突出的部分。然而,在这些表面上可以形成向内突出的部分。Ribs 185, 186 protrude from lower surface 136B. However, no rib protrudes from the surface defining the first storage chamber 32 other than the lower surface 136B. That is, the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45, the upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48, the inner surface 40A of the front wall 40, the inner surface 41A of the rear wall 41, the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37, and the left and right sides. Neither inner surface 38A of the side wall 38 has an inwardly projecting portion (such as a rib) protruding or extending therefrom toward the first storage chamber 32 . Preferably, the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45, the upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48, the inner surface 40A of the front wall 40, the inner surface 41A of the rear wall 41, the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 and the left The inner surface 38A of the side wall 38 should not be formed with an inwardly protruding portion. However, inwardly protruding portions may be formed on these surfaces.

在制造墨盒30时,储存在第一储存室32中的墨与内底壁部45的上表面45A、次底壁部48的上表面48A、前壁40的内表面40A、后壁41的内表面41A、右侧壁37的内表面37A和左侧壁38的内表面38A接触。When the ink cartridge 30 is manufactured, the ink stored in the first storage chamber 32 is in contact with the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 , the upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 , the inner surface 40A of the front wall 40 , and the inner surface of the rear wall 41 . The surface 41A, the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 and the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 are in contact.

如上所述,通孔46形成在第一内盖131的底壁136中。通过通孔46,第一储存室32与空气连通通道72的空气室36连通。As described above, the through hole 46 is formed in the bottom wall 136 of the first inner cover 131 . Through the through hole 46 , the first storage chamber 32 communicates with the air chamber 36 of the air communication passage 72 .

当墨盒30在其操作姿态中时,第二储存室33设置在盒壳体130的内部空间中且在相对于第一储存室32向下的位置处。第二储存室33适应于在其中储存墨。第二储存室33的容积小于第一储存室32的容积。因此,与在第一储存室32中相比,在第二储存室33中能够储存较少量的墨。The second storage chamber 33 is provided in the inner space of the cartridge housing 130 at a position downward relative to the first storage chamber 32 when the ink cartridge 30 is in its operating posture. The second storage chamber 33 is adapted to store ink therein. The volume of the second storage chamber 33 is smaller than that of the first storage chamber 32 . Therefore, a smaller amount of ink can be stored in the second storage chamber 33 than in the first storage chamber 32 .

第二储存室33的上端由内底壁部45的下表面45B限定。第二储存室33的下端由主底壁部42的上表面42A限定。第二储存室33的后端由后壁41的内表面41A限定。第二储存室33的左端由左侧壁38的内表面38A限定,而第二储存室33的右端由右侧壁37的内表面37A限定。第二储存室33和墨阀室35由分隔壁50分隔。第二储存室33的前端由分隔壁50的表面50A限定。表面50A是分隔壁50的后表面,并且表面50A离第二储存室33比离分隔壁50的前表面近。第二储存室33是由内底壁部45的下表面45B、主底壁部42的上表面42A、后壁41的内表面41A、右侧壁37的内表面37A、左侧壁38的内表面38A和分隔壁50的表面50A限定的空间。The upper end of the second storage chamber 33 is defined by the lower surface 45B of the inner bottom wall portion 45 . The lower end of the second storage chamber 33 is defined by the upper surface 42A of the main bottom wall portion 42 . The rear end of the second storage chamber 33 is defined by the inner surface 41A of the rear wall 41 . The left end of the second storage chamber 33 is defined by the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 , and the right end of the second storage chamber 33 is defined by the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 . The second storage chamber 33 and the ink valve chamber 35 are partitioned by a partition wall 50 . The front end of the second storage chamber 33 is defined by the surface 50A of the partition wall 50 . The surface 50A is the rear surface of the partition wall 50 , and the surface 50A is closer to the second storage chamber 33 than to the front surface of the partition wall 50 . The second storage chamber 33 is composed of the lower surface 45B of the inner bottom wall 45 , the upper surface 42A of the main bottom wall 42 , the inner surface 41A of the rear wall 41 , the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 , and the inner surface of the left side wall 38 . A space defined by the surface 38A and the surface 50A of the partition wall 50 .

在制造墨盒30时,储存在第二储存室33中的墨与内底壁部45的下表面45B、主底壁部42的上表面42A、后壁41的内表面41A、右侧壁37的内表面37A、左侧壁38的内表面38A和分隔壁50的表面50A接触。When the ink cartridge 30 is manufactured, the ink stored in the second storage chamber 33 is mixed with the lower surface 45B of the inner bottom wall portion 45, the upper surface 42A of the main bottom wall portion 42, the inner surface 41A of the rear wall 41, and the inner surface of the right side wall 37. The inner surface 37A, the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 and the surface 50A of the partition wall 50 are in contact.

第二储存室33通过形成在内底壁部45中的连通孔47(图10和图11)与第一储存室32连通。如图11中所示,连通孔47形成在内底壁部45的右后端部处。换句话说,连通孔47的开口端向内底壁部45的上表面45A敞开。如图10中所示,第二储存室33还通过形成在分隔壁50中的通孔99与墨阀室35连通。墨阀室35从第二储存室33在向前方向51上延伸。The second storage chamber 33 communicates with the first storage chamber 32 through a communication hole 47 ( FIGS. 10 and 11 ) formed in the inner bottom wall portion 45 . As shown in FIG. 11 , a communication hole 47 is formed at the right rear end portion of the inner bottom wall portion 45 . In other words, the open end of the communication hole 47 opens to the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 . As shown in FIG. 10 , the second storage chamber 33 also communicates with the ink valve chamber 35 through a through hole 99 formed in the partition wall 50 . The ink valve chamber 35 extends in the forward direction 51 from the second storage chamber 33 .

如图10中所示,内底壁部45的上表面45A和次底壁部48的上表面48A是倾斜的。内底壁部45的上表面45A和次底壁部48的上表面48A相对于前后方向倾斜,使得次底壁部48的上表面48A的前端被定位成比内底壁部45的上表面45A的后端靠上。也就是说,内底壁部45的上表面45A和次底壁部48的上表面48A朝向连通孔47向下倾斜。As shown in FIG. 10 , the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 and the upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 are inclined. The upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 and the upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 are inclined with respect to the front-rear direction, so that the front end of the upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 is positioned more than the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 . Back end up. That is, the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 and the upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 are inclined downward toward the communication hole 47 .

连通孔47不必需形成在内底壁部45的右后端部中。连通孔47可以例如形成在内底壁部45的前后中央部中。可替代地,连通孔47可以形成在内底壁部45中且在左右方向上横跨整个区域,或者可以形成在次底壁部48中。The communication hole 47 is not necessarily formed in the right rear end portion of the inner bottom wall portion 45 . The communication hole 47 may be formed, for example, in the front and rear central portions of the inner bottom wall portion 45 . Alternatively, the communication hole 47 may be formed in the inner bottom wall portion 45 across the entire area in the left-right direction, or may be formed in the sub-bottom wall portion 48 .

在实施例中,内底壁部45的上表面45A相对于前后方向倾斜,也就是说,内底壁部45的上表面45A朝向连通孔47向下倾斜。然而,内底壁部45的上表面45A不必需如上所述倾斜。In the embodiment, the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction, that is, the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 is inclined downward toward the communication hole 47 . However, the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 is not necessarily inclined as described above.

如图10和图14中所示,上表面48A包括弯曲表面115A、弯曲表面116A和弯曲表面119A。As shown in FIGS. 10 and 14 , upper surface 48A includes curved surface 115A, curved surface 116A, and curved surface 119A.

弯曲表面115A从右侧壁37的内表面37A的下端向下延伸。也就是说,弯曲表面115A连续地连接到右侧壁37的内表面37A的下端。弯曲表面116A从左侧壁38的内表面38A的下端向下延伸。也就是说,弯曲表面116A连续地连接到左侧壁38的内表面38A的下端。弯曲表面115A和弯曲表面116A由次底壁部48的上表面48A提供。虽然图中未示出,但上表面45A包括连续地连接到右侧壁37的内表面37A的弯曲区域以及连续地连接到左侧壁38的内表面38A的另一个弯曲区域。弯曲表面115A和弯曲表面116A中的每一个弯曲表面的曲率半径大于上表面45A的弯曲区域的曲率半径。弯曲表面115A被弯曲,使得其下端被定位成比其上端靠左。弯曲表面116A被弯曲,使得其下端被定位成比其上端靠右。弯曲表面115A和弯曲表面116A被弯曲成从盒壳体130向外扩展。弯曲表面115A的下端连接到弯曲表面116A的下端。此处,弯曲表面115A的下端和弯曲表面116A的下端提供了第一储存室32在其前部处的最下部,即上表面48A的最下部。换句话说,弯曲表面115A的下端连接到弯曲表面116A的下端(即连接到上表面48A的最下部以及第一储存室32在其前部处的最下部),并且弯曲表面116A的下端连接到弯曲表面115A的下端(即连接到上表面48A的最下部以及第一储存室32在其前部处的最下部)。因此,在第一储存室32的前部处,由上表面48A形成了具有U形截面的弯曲内表面,并且该U形弯曲内表面(即上表面48A)将右侧壁37的内表面37A连接到左侧壁38的内表面38A。The curved surface 115A extends downward from the lower end of the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 . That is, the curved surface 115A is continuously connected to the lower end of the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 . The curved surface 116A extends downward from the lower end of the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 . That is, the curved surface 116A is continuously connected to the lower end of the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 . The curved surface 115A and the curved surface 116A are provided by the upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 . Although not shown in the drawings, the upper surface 45A includes a curved region continuously connected to the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 and another curved region continuously connected to the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 . The radius of curvature of each of the curved surface 115A and the curved surface 116A is larger than the radius of curvature of the curved region of the upper surface 45A. The curved surface 115A is curved such that its lower end is positioned leftward than its upper end. The curved surface 116A is curved such that its lower end is positioned to the right than its upper end. The curved surface 115A and the curved surface 116A are curved to expand outward from the cartridge case 130 . The lower end of the curved surface 115A is connected to the lower end of the curved surface 116A. Here, the lower end of the curved surface 115A and the lower end of the curved surface 116A provide the lowermost portion of the first storage chamber 32 at the front thereof, that is, the lowermost portion of the upper surface 48A. In other words, the lower end of the curved surface 115A is connected to the lower end of the curved surface 116A (ie connected to the lowermost part of the upper surface 48A and the lowermost part of the first storage chamber 32 at its front), and the lower end of the curved surface 116A is connected to The lower end of the curved surface 115A (ie, the lowermost part connected to the upper surface 48A and the lowermost part of the first storage chamber 32 at the front thereof). Therefore, at the front of the first storage chamber 32, a curved inner surface having a U-shaped section is formed by the upper surface 48A, and this U-shaped curved inner surface (ie, the upper surface 48A) separates the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 from the upper surface 48A. Connected to the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 .

次底壁部48的外弯曲表面115B在与内弯曲表面115A弯曲的方向大致平行的方向上弯曲。换句话说,外弯曲表面115B在与内弯曲表面115A弯曲的方向相同的方向上弯曲。次底壁部48的外弯曲表面116B在与内弯曲表面116A弯曲的方向大致平行的方向上弯曲。换句话说,外弯曲表面116B在与内弯曲表面116A弯曲的方向相同的方向上弯曲。顺便提及,外弯曲表面115B和116B不必需被弯曲。例如,外弯曲表面115B和116B可以被折曲。The outer curved surface 115B of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 is curved in a direction substantially parallel to the direction in which the inner curved surface 115A is curved. In other words, the outer curved surface 115B is curved in the same direction as the direction in which the inner curved surface 115A is curved. The outer curved surface 116B of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 is curved in a direction substantially parallel to the direction in which the inner curved surface 116A is curved. In other words, the outer curved surface 116B is curved in the same direction as the direction in which the inner curved surface 116A is curved. Incidentally, the outer curved surfaces 115B and 116B are not necessarily curved. For example, outer curved surfaces 115B and 116B may be curved.

如图10中所示,弯曲表面119A从前壁40的内表面40A的下端向下延伸。也就是说,弯曲表面119A连续地连接到前壁40的内表面40A的下端。弯曲表面119A由次底壁部48的上表面48A提供。弯曲表面119A被弯曲,使得其下端被定位成比其上端靠后。弯曲表面119A被弯曲成从盒壳体130向外扩展。次底壁部48的外弯曲表面119B在与内弯曲表面119A弯曲的方向大致平行的方向上弯曲。换句话说,外弯曲表面119B在与内弯曲表面119A弯曲的方向相同的方向上弯曲。顺便提及,外弯曲表面119B不必需被弯曲。例如,外弯曲表面119B可以被折曲。As shown in FIG. 10 , the curved surface 119A extends downward from the lower end of the inner surface 40A of the front wall 40 . That is, the curved surface 119A is continuously connected to the lower end of the inner surface 40A of the front wall 40 . The curved surface 119A is provided by the upper surface 48A of the secondary bottom wall portion 48 . The curved surface 119A is curved such that its lower end is positioned rearward than its upper end. The curved surface 119A is curved to expand outward from the cartridge case 130 . The outer curved surface 119B of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 is curved in a direction substantially parallel to the direction in which the inner curved surface 119A is curved. In other words, the outer curved surface 119B is curved in the same direction as the direction in which the inner curved surface 119A is curved. Incidentally, the outer curved surface 119B does not have to be curved. For example, outer curved surface 119B may be curved.

如图11中所示,内表面40A包括弯曲表面117A、弯曲表面118A以及在弯曲表面117A和弯曲表面118A之间的中间表面121A。弯曲表面117A从右侧壁37的内表面37A的前端向前延伸。也就是说,弯曲表面117A连续地连接到右侧壁37的内表面37A的前端。弯曲表面118A从左侧壁38的内表面38A的前端向前延伸。也就是说,弯曲表面118A连续地连接到左侧壁38的内表面38A的前端。弯曲表面117A具有前端,该前端连续地连接到内表面40A的中间表面121A的右端。弯曲表面118A具有前端,该前端连续地连接到内表面40A的中间表面121A的左端。弯曲表面117A和弯曲表面118A由前壁40的内表面40A提供。弯曲表面117A被弯曲,使得其前端被定位成比其后端靠左。弯曲表面118A被弯曲,使得其前端被定位成比其后端靠右。弯曲表面117A和弯曲表面118A被弯曲成从盒壳体130向外扩展。前壁40的内表面40A具有左右中央部,该左右中央部构成第一储存室32的最前部。也就是说,中间表面121A包括第一储存室32的最前部。弯曲表面117A的前端和弯曲表面118A的前端连接到包括第一储存室32的最前部的中间表面121A。As shown in FIG. 11 , the inner surface 40A includes a curved surface 117A, a curved surface 118A, and an intermediate surface 121A between the curved surface 117A and the curved surface 118A. The curved surface 117A extends forward from the front end of the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 . That is, the curved surface 117A is continuously connected to the front end of the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 . The curved surface 118A extends forward from the front end of the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 . That is, the curved surface 118A is continuously connected to the front end of the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 . The curved surface 117A has a front end which is continuously connected to the right end of the middle surface 121A of the inner surface 40A. The curved surface 118A has a front end which is continuously connected to the left end of the middle surface 121A of the inner surface 40A. The curved surface 117A and the curved surface 118A are provided by the inner surface 40A of the front wall 40 . The curved surface 117A is curved such that its front end is positioned to the left of its rear end. The curved surface 118A is curved such that its front end is positioned to the right of its rear end. The curved surface 117A and the curved surface 118A are curved to expand outward from the cartridge case 130 . The inner surface 40A of the front wall 40 has left and right central portions constituting the frontmost portion of the first storage chamber 32 . That is, the intermediate surface 121A includes the frontmost portion of the first storage chamber 32 . The front end of the curved surface 117A and the front end of the curved surface 118A are connected to the intermediate surface 121A including the frontmost portion of the first storage chamber 32 .

前壁40的外弯曲表面117B在与内弯曲表面117A弯曲的方向大致平行的方向上弯曲。换句话说,外弯曲表面117B在与内弯曲表面117A弯曲的方向相同的方向上弯曲。前壁40的外弯曲表面118B在与内弯曲表面118A弯曲的方向大致平行的方向上弯曲。换句话说,外弯曲表面118B在与内弯曲表面118A弯曲的方向相同的方向上弯曲。顺便提及,外弯曲表面117B和118B不必需被弯曲。例如,外弯曲表面117B和118B可以被折曲。The outer curved surface 117B of the front wall 40 is curved in a direction substantially parallel to the direction in which the inner curved surface 117A is curved. In other words, the outer curved surface 117B is curved in the same direction as the direction in which the inner curved surface 117A is curved. The outer curved surface 118B of the front wall 40 is curved in a direction substantially parallel to the direction in which the inner curved surface 118A is curved. In other words, the outer curved surface 118B is curved in the same direction as the inner curved surface 118A is curved. Incidentally, the outer curved surfaces 117B and 118B are not necessarily curved. For example, outer curved surfaces 117B and 118B may be flexed.

内弯曲表面115A、内弯曲表面117A和内弯曲表面119A彼此平滑且连续地连接,以提供形成有大致球形表面的边界区域。类似地,内弯曲表面116A、内弯曲表面118A和内弯曲表面119A彼此平滑且连续地连接,以提供形成有大致球形表面的边界区域。此外,外弯曲表面115B、外弯曲表面117B和外弯曲表面119B彼此平滑且连续地连接,以提供形成有球形表面的边界区域。此外,外弯曲表面116B、外弯曲表面118B和外弯曲表面119B彼此平滑且连续地连接,以提供形成有大致球形表面的边界区域。在图7中,外弯曲表面116B、外弯曲表面118B和外弯曲表面119B之间的边界区域的球形表面由附图标记200表示。The inner curved surface 115A, the inner curved surface 117A, and the inner curved surface 119A are smoothly and continuously connected to each other to provide a boundary area formed with a substantially spherical surface. Similarly, the inner curved surface 116A, the inner curved surface 118A, and the inner curved surface 119A are smoothly and continuously connected to each other to provide a boundary area formed with a substantially spherical surface. Furthermore, the outer curved surface 115B, the outer curved surface 117B, and the outer curved surface 119B are smoothly and continuously connected to each other to provide a boundary area formed with a spherical surface. In addition, the outer curved surface 116B, the outer curved surface 118B, and the outer curved surface 119B are smoothly and continuously connected to each other to provide a boundary area formed with a substantially spherical surface. In FIG. 7 , the spherical surface of the boundary area between the outer curved surface 116B, the outer curved surface 118B, and the outer curved surface 119B is indicated by reference numeral 200 .

在实施例中,弯曲表面115A和弯曲表面116A在其下端处彼此连续地连接。然而,如稍后将在根据实施例的变体的墨盒30K中所描述的,弯曲表面115A的下端和弯曲表面116A的下端可以不彼此连续地连接。In an embodiment, the curved surface 115A and the curved surface 116A are continuously connected to each other at their lower ends. However, as will be described later in the ink cartridge 30K according to the modification of the embodiment, the lower end of the curved surface 115A and the lower end of the curved surface 116A may not be continuously connected to each other.

此外,在实施例中,弯曲表面117A的前端和弯曲表面118A的前端连接到中间表面121A。然而,弯曲表面117A的前端和弯曲表面118A的前端可以彼此连续地连接。在这种情况下,弯曲表面117A和弯曲表面118A之间的连接部构成了第一储存室32的最前部。Furthermore, in the embodiment, the front end of the curved surface 117A and the front end of the curved surface 118A are connected to the intermediate surface 121A. However, the front end of the curved surface 117A and the front end of the curved surface 118A may be continuously connected to each other. In this case, the connection portion between the curved surface 117A and the curved surface 118A constitutes the frontmost portion of the first storage chamber 32 .

此外,在实施例中,次底壁部48的上表面48A包括:弯曲表面115A,该弯曲表面115A连接到右侧壁37的内表面37A的下端;弯曲表面116A,该弯曲表面116A连接到左侧壁38的内表面38A的下端;以及弯曲表面119A,该弯曲表面119A连接到前壁40的内表面40A的下端。此外,在实施例中,前壁40的内表面40A包括:弯曲表面117A,该弯曲表面117A连接到右侧壁37的内表面37A的前端;以及弯曲表面118A,该弯曲表面118A连接到左侧壁38的内表面38A的前端。然而,内弯曲表面(一个或多个)可以被设置成连接到右侧壁37的内表面37A的后端、左侧壁38的内表面38A的后端、前壁40的内表面40A、后壁41的内表面41A、主底壁部42的上表面42A、内底壁部45的上表面45A和次底壁部48的上表面48A。例如,如图21中所示,上表面45A可以包括弯曲表面122A,该弯曲表面122A连续地连接到后壁41的内表面41A。此外,弯曲表面可以从右侧壁37、左侧壁38、前壁40、后壁41、主底壁部42、次底壁部48和内底壁部45中的至少一个的内表面的一端延伸。Furthermore, in the embodiment, the upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 includes: a curved surface 115A connected to the lower end of the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37; a curved surface 116A connected to the left side wall 37; the lower end of the inner surface 38A of the side wall 38 ; and the curved surface 119A connected to the lower end of the inner surface 40A of the front wall 40 . Furthermore, in the embodiment, the inner surface 40A of the front wall 40 includes: a curved surface 117A connected to the front end of the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37; and a curved surface 118A connected to the left side The front end of the inner surface 38A of the wall 38 . However, the inner curved surface(s) may be configured to be connected to the rear end of the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37, the rear end of the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38, the inner surface 40A of the front wall 40, the rear end The inner surface 41A of the wall 41 , the upper surface 42A of the main bottom wall portion 42 , the upper surface 45A of the inner bottom wall portion 45 , and the upper surface 48A of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 . For example, as shown in FIG. 21 , the upper surface 45A may include a curved surface 122A that is continuously connected to the inner surface 41A of the rear wall 41 . In addition, the curved surface may be formed from one end of the inner surface of at least one of the right side wall 37, the left side wall 38, the front wall 40, the rear wall 41, the main bottom wall portion 42, the sub bottom wall portion 48, and the inner bottom wall portion 45. extend.

此外,内弯曲表面115A和内弯曲表面116A各自具有例如不小于1mm的曲率半径。更具体地,内弯曲表面115A和内弯曲表面116A各自具有在1mm至3mm范围内的曲率半径。外弯曲表面115B和外弯曲表面116B各自具有例如不小于7mm的曲率半径。Furthermore, each of the inner curved surface 115A and the inner curved surface 116A has a curvature radius of not less than 1 mm, for example. More specifically, the inner curved surface 115A and the inner curved surface 116A each have a radius of curvature in the range of 1 mm to 3 mm. Each of the outer curved surface 115B and the outer curved surface 116B has a curvature radius of not less than 7 mm, for example.

<空气连通通道72><Air Communication Channel 72>

空气连通通道72是提供在第一储存室32和墨盒30的外部之间的连通的空间。空气连通通道72位于盒壳体130的上方。如图10中所示,如上所述,空气连通通道72包括空气室36、通孔142(见图9A和图9B)和迷宫路径143。The air communication passage 72 is a space providing communication between the first storage chamber 32 and the outside of the ink cartridge 30 . The air communication passage 72 is located above the cartridge case 130 . As shown in FIG. 10 , the air communication passage 72 includes the air chamber 36 , the through hole 142 (see FIGS. 9A and 9B ), and the labyrinth path 143 as described above.

空气室36是形成在空气连通通道72中的空间。空气室36在一端处与第一储存室32连通并且在另一端处与迷宫路径143连通。空气室36具有位于第一储存室32上方且位于迷宫路径143下方的部分。空气室36具有由第一内盖131的底壁136的上表面136A限定的下端以及由第二内盖132的下表面132B限定的上端。空气室36具有由第一内盖131的周壁137(见图8A和图8B)的内周表面限定的前端、后端、右端和左端。在第二内盖132与第一内盖131的周壁137之间的间隙由膜133液密地密封。The air chamber 36 is a space formed in the air communication passage 72 . The air chamber 36 communicates with the first storage chamber 32 at one end and communicates with the labyrinth path 143 at the other end. The air chamber 36 has a portion located above the first storage chamber 32 and below the labyrinth path 143 . The air chamber 36 has a lower end defined by the upper surface 136A of the bottom wall 136 of the first inner cover 131 and an upper end defined by the lower surface 132B of the second inner cover 132 . The air chamber 36 has front, rear, right and left ends defined by the inner peripheral surface of the peripheral wall 137 (see FIGS. 8A and 8B ) of the first inner cover 131 . The gap between the second inner cover 132 and the peripheral wall 137 of the first inner cover 131 is fluid-tightly sealed by the membrane 133 .

如上所述,第一储存室32的上端由第一内盖131的底壁136的下表面136B限定。也就是说,第一储存室32和空气室36由底壁136分隔。As described above, the upper end of the first storage chamber 32 is defined by the lower surface 136B of the bottom wall 136 of the first inner cover 131 . That is, the first storage chamber 32 and the air chamber 36 are separated by the bottom wall 136 .

空气室36通过在上下方向上贯穿底壁136的通孔46与第一储存室32连通。此外,空气室36通过形成在第二内盖132中的通孔142(见图9A和图9B)与迷宫路径143连通。如上所述,半透膜141(见图7)被焊接到第二内盖132的肋140的下端表面。利用这种结构,从第一储存室32流动通过通孔46的墨被半透膜141阻挡,并且不会到达通孔142。因此,半透膜141防止墨流动进入迷宫路径143中。The air chamber 36 communicates with the first storage chamber 32 through the through hole 46 penetrating the bottom wall 136 in the vertical direction. In addition, the air chamber 36 communicates with the labyrinth path 143 through the through hole 142 (see FIGS. 9A and 9B ) formed in the second inner cover 132 . As described above, the semipermeable membrane 141 (see FIG. 7 ) is welded to the lower end surface of the rib 140 of the second inner cover 132 . With this structure, the ink flowing from the first storage chamber 32 through the through hole 46 is blocked by the semipermeable membrane 141 and does not reach the through hole 142 . Therefore, the semipermeable membrane 141 prevents ink from flowing into the labyrinth path 143 .

如上所述,迷宫路径143由上表面132A、多个肋144(见图9B)和膜146(见图7)限定。迷宫路径143是在左右方向上延伸且在上下方向上反复U形转弯的连续通道。迷宫路径143被设置呈沟槽的形式,该沟槽在它的顶端处被覆盖有膜146。迷宫路径143具有与通孔142连通的一端以及与连通孔147连通的另一端。迷宫路径143通过形成在第二内盖中的通孔142与空气室36连通。迷宫路径143设置在第二内盖132的表面(即上表面132A)处,该表面与第二内盖132的限定了空气室36的上端的表面(即下表面132B)相反。在实施例中,限定空气室36的上端的表面是第二内盖132的内表面。迷宫路径143被定位成相对于空气室36向上。迷宫路径143通过连通孔147(见图7)与外盖134的内部空间134A(见图10)连通。内部空间134A通过形成在外盖134的顶壁39中的开口44(见图4)以及通过外盖134和盒壳体130之间的间隙而与墨盒30的外部连通。也就是说,迷宫路径143能够通过连通孔147与大气连通。As described above, the labyrinth path 143 is defined by the upper surface 132A, the plurality of ribs 144 (see FIG. 9B ), and the membrane 146 (see FIG. 7 ). The labyrinth path 143 is a continuous passage extending in the left-right direction and repeating U-turns in the up-down direction. The labyrinth path 143 is provided in the form of a groove which is covered with a membrane 146 at its apex. The labyrinth path 143 has one end communicating with the through hole 142 and the other end communicating with the communicating hole 147 . The labyrinth path 143 communicates with the air chamber 36 through the through hole 142 formed in the second inner cover. The labyrinth path 143 is provided at a surface (ie, the upper surface 132A) of the second inner cover 132 opposite to a surface (ie, the lower surface 132B) of the second inner cover 132 defining the upper end of the air chamber 36 . In an embodiment, the surface defining the upper end of the air chamber 36 is the inner surface of the second inner cover 132 . The labyrinth path 143 is positioned upward relative to the air chamber 36 . The labyrinth path 143 communicates with the inner space 134A (see FIG. 10 ) of the outer cover 134 through a communication hole 147 (see FIG. 7 ). The internal space 134A communicates with the outside of the ink cartridge 30 through an opening 44 (see FIG. 4 ) formed in the top wall 39 of the outer cover 134 and through a gap between the outer cover 134 and the cartridge case 130 . That is, the labyrinth path 143 can communicate with the atmosphere through the communication hole 147 .

<阀机构135和支撑构件150><Valve Mechanism 135 and Support Member 150 >

阀机构135具有用于中断和建立第一储存室32与大气之间的连通的功能。下面将详细描述根据实施例的阀机构135的构造。阀机构135可以具有不同的构造,只要阀机构135能够执行用于中断和建立第一储存室32与大气之间的连通的功能即可。例如,阀机构135可以被构造使得阀体161(稍后描述)能够在除了上下方向之外的方向上移动。The valve mechanism 135 has a function for interrupting and establishing communication between the first storage chamber 32 and the atmosphere. The configuration of the valve mechanism 135 according to the embodiment will be described in detail below. The valve mechanism 135 may have various configurations as long as the valve mechanism 135 can perform a function for interrupting and establishing communication between the first storage chamber 32 and the atmosphere. For example, the valve mechanism 135 may be configured such that a valve body 161 (described later) can move in directions other than the up and down directions.

如图7和图10中所示,阀机构135包括阀体161、螺旋弹簧162和杠杆163。阀体161包括杆165以及装配在杆165上的密封件166。如图10中所示,杆165的一部分和密封构件166设置在空气连通通道72中。杆165的其余部分和螺旋弹簧162设置在外盖134的内部空间134A中。顺便提及,阀机构135中的部件的布置不限于上述内容。例如,可以将阀机构135的所有部件都设置在空气连通通道72中。As shown in FIGS. 7 and 10 , the valve mechanism 135 includes a valve body 161 , a coil spring 162 and a lever 163 . The valve body 161 includes a stem 165 and a seal 166 fitted on the stem 165 . As shown in FIG. 10 , a part of the rod 165 and the sealing member 166 are provided in the air communication passage 72 . The rest of the rod 165 and the coil spring 162 are disposed in the inner space 134A of the outer cover 134 . Incidentally, the arrangement of components in the valve mechanism 135 is not limited to the above. For example, all components of the valve mechanism 135 may be provided in the air communication passage 72 .

图7中所示的支撑构件150适应于可枢转移动地支撑阀机构135、更具体是阀机构135的杠杆163(稍后描述)。支撑构件150具有内部空间,在该内部空间中能够设置有阀机构135的一部分。如图10中所示,支撑构件150包括两个接合部152,其中一个接合部在前端处并且另一个接合部在后端处。在接合部152与第二内盖132的肋158的远端的折曲部接合后,支撑构件150被支撑到第二内盖132。The support member 150 shown in FIG. 7 is adapted to pivotably and movably support the valve mechanism 135 , more specifically, a lever 163 (described later) of the valve mechanism 135 . The support member 150 has an inner space in which a part of the valve mechanism 135 can be disposed. As shown in FIG. 10 , the support member 150 includes two junctions 152 , one at the front end and the other at the rear end. The supporting member 150 is supported to the second inner cover 132 after the engagement part 152 is engaged with the bent part of the distal end of the rib 158 of the second inner cover 132 .

杆165设置在第二内盖132的一对肋157(见图9B)之间。杆165具有上表面,该上表面包括前部165A、后部165B和倾斜部165C,该倾斜部165C将前部165A连接到后部165B。倾斜部165C从其前端到其后端向下倾斜,使得前部165A被定位成比后部165B靠上。The rod 165 is disposed between a pair of ribs 157 (see FIG. 9B ) of the second inner cover 132 . Rod 165 has an upper surface that includes a front portion 165A, a rear portion 165B, and an inclined portion 165C that connects front portion 165A to rear portion 165B. The inclined portion 165C slopes downward from its front end to its rear end so that the front portion 165A is positioned higher than the rear portion 165B.

杆165在上下方向上延伸。杆165插入到形成在第二内盖132中的通孔139(见图9A)中。密封构件166由诸如橡胶的弹性材料形成。在密封构件166和杆165之间没有间隙的情况下,密封构件166与杆165压力接触。利用该结构,在密封构件166和杆165之间未形成间隙。The rod 165 extends in the up and down direction. The rod 165 is inserted into a through hole 139 (see FIG. 9A ) formed in the second inner cover 132 . The sealing member 166 is formed of an elastic material such as rubber. The seal member 166 is in pressure contact with the rod 165 without a gap between the seal member 166 and the rod 165 . With this structure, no gap is formed between the seal member 166 and the rod 165 .

阀体161能够在上下方向上从图10和图16中所示的关闭位置移动到图3中所示的打开位置。阀体161在左右方向和前后方向上的移动受到第二内盖132的肋156和肋157(见图9B)的限制。The valve body 161 is movable in the up and down direction from the closed position shown in FIGS. 10 and 16 to the open position shown in FIG. 3 . Movement of the valve body 161 in the left-right direction and front-rear direction is restricted by the ribs 156 and 157 (see FIG. 9B ) of the second inner cover 132 .

杆165具有分别向前和向后突出的突出部。如图10和图16中所示,在阀体161在关闭位置的状态下,杆165由第二内盖132支撑,使得阀体161的突出部的下表面接触第二内表面132A的上表面132A。此外,在阀体161在关闭位置的状态下,密封构件166覆盖通孔46的周缘部。因此,通孔46和密封构件166之间的间隙被关闭。也就是说,通孔46被杆165和密封构件166气密且液密地关闭。因此,第一储存室32和墨盒30的外部(即大气)之间的连通被中断。The rod 165 has protrusions protruding forward and rearward, respectively. As shown in FIGS. 10 and 16 , in a state where the valve body 161 is in the closed position, the rod 165 is supported by the second inner cover 132 such that the lower surface of the protrusion of the valve body 161 contacts the upper surface of the second inner surface 132A. 132A. In addition, the sealing member 166 covers the peripheral portion of the through hole 46 in a state where the valve body 161 is in the closed position. Therefore, the gap between the through hole 46 and the sealing member 166 is closed. That is, the through hole 46 is closed airtightly and liquidtightly by the rod 165 and the sealing member 166 . Therefore, communication between the first storage chamber 32 and the outside of the ink cartridge 30 (ie, the atmosphere) is interrupted.

如图3中所示,在打开位置的阀体161被定位成比在关闭位置的阀体161靠上(见图10和图16)。在阀体161在打开位置的状态下,杆165的突出部的下表面向上与第二内盖132的上表面132A间隔开。此外,密封构件166向上与通孔46的周缘部间隔开。因此,通孔46打开。作为结果,建立了第一储存室32和墨盒30的外部(即大气)之间的通过通孔46的连通。此时,密封构件166从下方按压地接触通孔139并且覆盖通孔139的周缘部。因此,密封构件166和通孔139之间的间隙被关闭。也就是说,通孔139被杆165和密封构件166气密且液密地关闭。As shown in FIG. 3 , the valve body 161 in the open position is positioned higher than the valve body 161 in the closed position (see FIGS. 10 and 16 ). In a state where the valve body 161 is in the open position, the lower surface of the protrusion of the rod 165 is spaced upward from the upper surface 132A of the second inner cover 132 . In addition, the sealing member 166 is spaced upward from the peripheral portion of the through hole 46 . Therefore, the through hole 46 is opened. As a result, communication between the first storage chamber 32 and the outside of the ink cartridge 30 (ie, the atmosphere) through the through hole 46 is established. At this time, the sealing member 166 is pressed into contact with the through hole 139 from below and covers the peripheral portion of the through hole 139 . Therefore, the gap between the sealing member 166 and the through hole 139 is closed. That is, the through hole 139 is closed airtightly and liquidtightly by the rod 165 and the sealing member 166 .

如图10中所示,螺旋弹簧162绕着杆165装配。螺旋弹簧162具有与阀体161的杆165接触的上端以及与第二内盖132的上表面132A接触的下端。在阀体161在关闭位置的状态下,螺旋弹簧162具有比其固有长度短的长度。因此,当阀体161在关闭位置时,螺旋弹簧162向上推压阀体161,也就是说,在从关闭位置到打开位置的方向上推压阀体161。顺便提及,用于推压阀体161的构件不限于螺旋弹簧162。代替螺旋弹簧162,阀体161可以由板簧或诸如橡胶的弹性构件所推压。As shown in FIG. 10 , coil spring 162 is fitted around rod 165 . The coil spring 162 has an upper end in contact with the rod 165 of the valve body 161 and a lower end in contact with the upper surface 132A of the second inner cover 132 . In a state where the valve body 161 is in the closed position, the coil spring 162 has a length shorter than its natural length. Therefore, when the valve body 161 is in the closed position, the coil spring 162 pushes the valve body 161 upward, that is, pushes the valve body 161 in a direction from the closed position to the open position. Incidentally, the member for urging the valve body 161 is not limited to the coil spring 162 . Instead of the coil spring 162, the valve body 161 may be urged by a leaf spring or an elastic member such as rubber.

如图7和图10中所示,杠杆163具有用作枢轴部167的通孔。杠杆163包括第一凸起168和第二凸起169。第一凸起168和第二凸起169从枢轴部167向外延伸。As shown in FIGS. 7 and 10 , the lever 163 has a through hole serving as the pivot portion 167 . The lever 163 includes a first protrusion 168 and a second protrusion 169 . The first protrusion 168 and the second protrusion 169 extend outward from the pivot portion 167 .

如图10中所示,支撑构件150设有一对突起170。一对突起170中的一个突起170从支撑构件150的内右表面突出,该内右表面限定支撑构件150的内部空间的右端。一对突起170中的另一个突起170从支撑构件150的内左表面突出,该内左表面限定支撑构件150的内部空间的左端。突起170插入到枢轴部167中。更具体地,从支撑构件150的内右表面突出的突起170从右边插入到枢轴部167中,并且从支撑构件150的内左表面突出的突起170从左边插入到枢轴部167中。利用这种结构,杠杆163被支撑构件150支撑成能够绕着枢轴部167的轴线相对于支撑构件150枢转地移动。顺便提及,枢轴部167可以是从杠杆163向右和向左突出的突起。在这种情况下,支撑构件150的内左表面和内右表面分别具有开口,并且作为枢轴部167的突起插入该开口中。As shown in FIG. 10 , the supporting member 150 is provided with a pair of protrusions 170 . One protrusion 170 of a pair of protrusions 170 protrudes from an inner right surface of the support member 150 defining a right end of an inner space of the support member 150 . The other protrusion 170 of the pair of protrusions 170 protrudes from an inner left surface of the support member 150 defining a left end of an inner space of the support member 150 . The protrusion 170 is inserted into the pivot portion 167 . More specifically, the protrusion 170 protruding from the inner right surface of the support member 150 is inserted into the pivot portion 167 from the right, and the protrusion 170 protruding from the inner left surface of the support member 150 is inserted into the pivot portion 167 from the left. With this structure, the lever 163 is supported by the support member 150 so as to be pivotally movable relative to the support member 150 around the axis of the pivot portion 167 . Incidentally, the pivot portion 167 may be a protrusion protruding rightward and leftward from the lever 163 . In this case, the inner left and right surfaces of the support member 150 have openings, respectively, and protrusions as pivot portions 167 are inserted into the openings.

如图7和图10中所示,第一凸起168和第二凸起169相对于枢轴部167在相反方向上延伸。第一凸起168和第二凸起169大致被定位在枢轴部167的相反侧。第一凸起168在离开枢轴部167的方向上延伸,并且第二凸起169在与第一凸起168的延伸方向大致相反的方向上延伸。As shown in FIGS. 7 and 10 , the first protrusion 168 and the second protrusion 169 extend in opposite directions relative to the pivot portion 167 . The first protrusion 168 and the second protrusion 169 are generally positioned on opposite sides of the pivot portion 167 . The first protrusion 168 extends in a direction away from the pivot portion 167 , and the second protrusion 169 extends in a direction substantially opposite to the direction in which the first protrusion 168 extends.

杠杆163能够从图10和图16中所示的第一位置枢转地移动到图3中所示的第二位置。当杠杆163在第一位置和第二位置之间枢转地移动时,枢轴部167的轴线用作枢轴中心。The lever 163 is pivotally movable from a first position shown in FIGS. 10 and 16 to a second position shown in FIG. 3 . The axis of the pivot portion 167 serves as a pivot center when the lever 163 is pivotally moved between the first position and the second position.

当杠杆163在第一位置时,第一凸起168向下延伸。第一凸起168的远端(即下端)的后边缘被定位成相对于枢轴部167的轴线向后。更具体地,如图10中所示,假想线172相对于假想线173以规定角度θ3向后倾斜,该假想线172将枢轴部167的轴线与第一凸起168的远端的后边缘连接,该假想线173从枢轴部167的轴线在重力方向上延伸。在实施例中,规定角度θ3是5度。第一凸起168的下端在阀体161的杆165的上表面处接触后部165B,以向下按压阀体161。因此,阀体161被置于关闭位置。此外,当杠杆163在第一位置时,第二凸起169向上延伸,更具体地,第二凸起169以斜角方式向上且向后延伸。第二凸起169被定位成介于突出部43的一对壁114之间。第二凸起169未向上延伸超过一对壁114。也就是说,第二凸起169的上端被定位成相对于一对壁114的上端向下。When the lever 163 is in the first position, the first protrusion 168 extends downward. The rear edge of the distal end (ie, lower end) of the first protrusion 168 is positioned rearward with respect to the axis of the pivot portion 167 . More specifically, as shown in FIG. 10 , an imaginary line 172 that connects the axis of the pivot portion 167 with the rear edge of the distal end of the first protrusion 168 is inclined rearward at a prescribed angle θ3 with respect to the imaginary line 173 . The imaginary line 173 extends from the axis of the pivot portion 167 in the direction of gravity. In the embodiment, the predetermined angle θ3 is 5 degrees. The lower end of the first protrusion 168 contacts the rear portion 165B at the upper surface of the rod 165 of the valve body 161 to press the valve body 161 downward. Therefore, the valve body 161 is placed in the closed position. In addition, when the lever 163 is in the first position, the second protrusion 169 extends upward, more specifically, the second protrusion 169 extends upward and rearward in an oblique manner. The second protrusion 169 is positioned between the pair of walls 114 of the protrusion 43 . The second protrusion 169 does not extend upward beyond the pair of walls 114 . That is, the upper end of the second protrusion 169 is positioned downward relative to the upper ends of the pair of walls 114 .

当杠杆163在第一位置时,第一凸起168的枢转向前移动(即图10中的杠杆163朝向第二位置的顺时针枢转移动)受到阀体161的杆165的倾斜部165C的限制并且还受到第一凸起168的被定位成比枢轴部167的轴线靠后的远端的限制。注意,为了限制第一凸起168的枢转向前移动,螺旋弹簧162被设计成具有向上推压力,该向上推压力大于使第一凸起168从阀体161的杆165的上表面的后部165B移动到其前部165A所需的力。顺便提及,倾斜部165C可以设置或者可以不设置在杆165的上表面处。即使未设有倾斜部165C并且杆165具有平坦的上表面,只要第一凸起168的远端被定位成相对于枢轴部167的轴线向后,则也能够限制图10中的杠杆163朝向第二位置的枢转顺时针移动。When the lever 163 is in the first position, the pivotal forward movement of the first protrusion 168 (ie, the clockwise pivotal movement of the lever 163 in FIG. 10 toward the second position) is supported by the inclined portion 165C of the rod 165 of the valve body 161 and is also limited by the distal end of the first protrusion 168 positioned rearward from the axis of the pivot portion 167 . Note that in order to limit the pivotal movement of the first protrusion 168 forward, the coil spring 162 is designed to have an upward urging force greater than that of making the first protrusion 168 from the rear of the upper surface of the rod 165 of the valve body 161. 165B moves to the force required for its front 165A. Incidentally, the inclined portion 165C may or may not be provided at the upper surface of the rod 165 . Even if the inclined portion 165C is not provided and the rod 165 has a flat upper surface, as long as the distal end of the first protrusion 168 is positioned backward relative to the axis of the pivot portion 167, the direction of the lever 163 in FIG. 10 can be limited. The pivot in the second position moves clockwise.

第一凸起168的枢转向后移动(即图10中的杠杆163的枢转逆时针移动)在杠杆163抵靠设置在支撑构件150的内右表面上的凸起171上时受到限制。杠杆163因此被维持在第一位置。在第一位置的杠杆163抵抗螺旋弹簧162的推压力而限制阀体161移动到打开位置,并将阀体161维持在关闭位置处。The pivotal rearward movement of the first protrusion 168 (ie, the pivotal counterclockwise movement of the lever 163 in FIG. 10 ) is limited when the lever 163 abuts against a protrusion 171 provided on the inner right surface of the support member 150 . The lever 163 is thus maintained in the first position. The lever 163 at the first position restricts the movement of the valve body 161 to the open position against the urging force of the coil spring 162 and maintains the valve body 161 at the closed position.

如图3中所示,当杠杆163在第二位置时,杠杆163与凸起板111间隔开。第一凸起168向前延伸。第二凸起169向下延伸,更具体地,第二凸起169以斜角方式向下且向后延伸。此外,阀体161在打开位置。As shown in FIG. 3 , the lever 163 is spaced apart from the raised plate 111 when the lever 163 is in the second position. The first protrusion 168 extends forward. The second protrusion 169 extends downward, and more specifically, the second protrusion 169 extends downward and rearward in an oblique manner. Furthermore, the valve body 161 is in the open position.

<供墨部34><Ink Supply Unit 34>

如图6中所示,供墨部34于在次底壁部48下方且在主底壁部42前方的位置处从连接壁49向前延伸。如图10中所示,供墨部34位于内底壁部45的下方。此外,供墨部34位于前壁40的下方和后方。As shown in FIG. 6 , the ink supply portion 34 extends forward from the connection wall 49 at a position below the sub-bottom wall portion 48 and in front of the main bottom wall portion 42 . As shown in FIG. 10 , the ink supply portion 34 is located below the inner bottom wall portion 45 . In addition, the ink supply portion 34 is located below and behind the front wall 40 .

如图12中所示,供墨部34包括筒75、包封件76、阀77、螺旋弹簧78、帽79和卡扣机构74。As shown in FIG. 12 , the ink supply portion 34 includes a cylinder 75 , an envelope 76 , a valve 77 , a coil spring 78 , a cap 79 and a snap mechanism 74 .

筒75具有大体管状或中空筒形的外形。筒75的形状不限于圆筒形形状。筒75可以具有任何形状,只要筒75是中空的即可。筒75具有向前指向的远端(即前端)。筒75的远端位于前壁40的下方和后方。筒75在其前端处具有开口。筒75限定了用作墨阀室35的内部空间。墨阀室35从第二储存室33在向前方向51上延伸。The barrel 75 has a generally tubular or hollow cylindrical shape. The shape of the barrel 75 is not limited to a cylindrical shape. The barrel 75 may have any shape as long as the barrel 75 is hollow. Barrel 75 has a forwardly directed distal end (ie front end). The distal end of the barrel 75 is located below and behind the front wall 40 . The barrel 75 has an opening at its front end. The barrel 75 defines an inner space serving as the ink valve chamber 35 . The ink valve chamber 35 extends in the forward direction 51 from the second storage chamber 33 .

包封件76是盘形构件并且在其中央区域处具有通孔73。包封件76由诸如橡胶或弹性体的弹性材料制成。如图10中所示,包封件76设置在筒75的前端处,以覆盖筒75的前开口。通孔73在前后方向上贯穿包封件76的中央区域,以提供管形内周表面。通孔73具有比墨针102的外径略小的内径。The envelope 76 is a disc-shaped member and has a through hole 73 at its central area. The envelope 76 is made of elastic material such as rubber or elastomer. As shown in FIG. 10 , a wrapper 76 is provided at the front end of the cartridge 75 to cover the front opening of the cartridge 75 . The through hole 73 penetrates the central area of the envelope 76 in the front-rear direction to provide a tubular inner peripheral surface. The through hole 73 has an inner diameter slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the ink needle 102 .

如图10中所示,阀77和螺旋弹簧78被容纳在墨阀室35中。阀77能够通过在前后方向上移动而与包封件76接触和分离。当阀77接触包封件76时,形成在包封件76的中央区域中的通孔73被关闭。当阀77与包封件76分离时,通孔73打开。螺旋弹簧78向前推压阀77。因此,阀77将包封件76的通孔73关闭,而没有外力施加到阀77。As shown in FIG. 10 , a valve 77 and a coil spring 78 are accommodated in the ink valve chamber 35 . The valve 77 can be brought into contact with and separated from the envelope 76 by moving in the front-rear direction. When the valve 77 contacts the envelope 76, the through hole 73 formed in the central area of the envelope 76 is closed. When the valve 77 is separated from the envelope 76, the through hole 73 is opened. The coil spring 78 pushes the valve 77 forward. Therefore, the valve 77 closes the through hole 73 of the envelope 76 without external force being applied to the valve 77 .

如图13A和图13B中所示,帽79具有大体长方体的外形。帽79具有中空构造。顺便提及,帽79可以具有除长方体之外的外形,只要帽79是其前端和后端敞开的中空构件即可。As shown in FIGS. 13A and 13B , the cap 79 has a generally rectangular parallelepiped shape. The cap 79 has a hollow configuration. Incidentally, the cap 79 may have an outer shape other than a cuboid as long as the cap 79 is a hollow member whose front and rear ends are opened.

帽79具有后端,该后端形成有开口87。筒75和包封件76通过开口87插入到帽79的内部空间中。因此,帽79从筒75和包封件76的前侧覆盖筒75和包封件76。如图10中所示,在帽79覆盖筒75的状态下,帽79的下端设置在相对于上下方向与盒壳体130的下端大致相同的位置处。The cap 79 has a rear end formed with an opening 87 . The cartridge 75 and the envelope 76 are inserted into the inner space of the cap 79 through the opening 87 . Thus, the cap 79 covers the barrel 75 and the wrapping 76 from the front sides of the barrel 75 and the wrapping 76 . As shown in FIG. 10 , in a state where the cap 79 covers the barrel 75 , the lower end of the cap 79 is disposed at substantially the same position as the lower end of the cartridge case 130 with respect to the up-down direction.

帽79具有前端壁,该前端壁具有前表面79A。帽79的前端壁形成有供墨口71。在帽79覆盖筒75和包封件76的状态下,墨阀室35通过包封件76的通孔73和帽79的供墨口71而与墨盒30的外部连通。The cap 79 has a front end wall with a front surface 79A. The front end wall of the cap 79 is formed with an ink supply port 71 . In a state where the cap 79 covers the cartridge 75 and the packing 76 , the ink valve chamber 35 communicates with the outside of the ink cartridge 30 through the through hole 73 of the packing 76 and the ink supply port 71 of the cap 79 .

供墨部34进一步包括第一吸收构件182和第二吸收构件183。如图10中所示,第一吸收构件182和第二吸收构件183设置在帽79的内部空间中。第一吸收构件182和第二吸收构件183由诸如聚氨酯泡沫的多孔材料形成。第一吸收构件182和第二吸收构件183具有由多孔材料提供的微孔。墨进入微孔,使得墨被第一吸收构件182和第二吸收构件183吸收。因此,第一吸收构件182和第二吸收构件183适应于吸收墨。The ink supply portion 34 further includes a first absorption member 182 and a second absorption member 183 . As shown in FIG. 10 , a first absorbent member 182 and a second absorbent member 183 are provided in the inner space of the cap 79 . The first absorbent member 182 and the second absorbent member 183 are formed of a porous material such as polyurethane foam. The first absorbent member 182 and the second absorbent member 183 have micropores provided by a porous material. The ink enters the micropores, so that the ink is absorbed by the first absorption member 182 and the second absorption member 183 . Therefore, the first absorbing member 182 and the second absorbing member 183 are adapted to absorb ink.

如图12中所示,第一吸收构件182具有环形形状。第一吸收构件182沿着限定供墨口71的周缘设置。也就是说,第一吸收构件182被设置成与供墨口71的周缘部相邻。顺便提及,第一吸收构件182可以不具有环形形状。例如,第一吸收构件182可以具有矩形形状。在这种情况下,可以将第一吸收构件182仅设置在限定供墨口71的周缘下方的位置处。As shown in FIG. 12, the first absorbent member 182 has a ring shape. The first absorbing member 182 is provided along the periphery defining the ink supply port 71 . That is, the first absorbing member 182 is provided adjacent to the peripheral portion of the ink supply port 71 . Incidentally, the first absorbent member 182 may not have a ring shape. For example, the first absorbent member 182 may have a rectangular shape. In this case, the first absorbing member 182 may be provided only at a position below the periphery defining the ink supply port 71 .

第二吸收构件183具有板状形状。第二吸收构件183被定位成相对于第一吸收构件182向后。第二吸收构件183由帽79的内下表面支撑,以设置在帽79的内部空间的下部中,也就是说,设置在相对于墨阀室35向下的位置处。帽79的内下表面是限定帽79的内部空间的下端的表面。顺便提及,第二吸收构件183不必需具有板状形状。此外,第二吸收构件183可以设置在帽79的限定帽79的内部空间的整个内周表面上。The second absorption member 183 has a plate shape. The second absorbent member 183 is positioned rearwardly relative to the first absorbent member 182 . The second absorbing member 183 is supported by the inner lower surface of the cap 79 so as to be disposed in a lower portion of the inner space of the cap 79 , that is, at a position downward relative to the ink valve chamber 35 . The inner lower surface of the cap 79 is a surface defining the lower end of the inner space of the cap 79 . Incidentally, the second absorbent member 183 does not necessarily have a plate-like shape. In addition, the second absorbing member 183 may be provided on the entire inner peripheral surface of the cap 79 defining the inner space of the cap 79 .

如图10和图13B中所示,在帽79的内周表面处,更具体是在帽79的内下表面处,形成有在前后方向上延伸的至少一个沟槽184。沟槽184具有连接到第一吸收构件182的前端。沟槽184的前端可以位于第一吸收构件182附近。沟槽184具有连接到第二吸收构件183的后端。沟槽184的后端可以位于第二吸收构件183附近。也就是说,沟槽184形成在帽79中且在从供墨口71的周缘部到第二吸收构件183的区域处。利用这种构造,即使墨从筒75泄漏到帽79的内部空间,墨也能够由沟槽184引到第二吸收构件183从而被第二吸收构件183吸收。As shown in FIGS. 10 and 13B , at the inner peripheral surface of the cap 79 , more specifically, at the inner lower surface of the cap 79 , at least one groove 184 extending in the front-rear direction is formed. The groove 184 has a front end connected to the first absorption member 182 . The front end of the groove 184 may be located near the first absorption member 182 . The groove 184 has a rear end connected to the second absorbent member 183 . A rear end of the groove 184 may be located near the second absorbent member 183 . That is, the groove 184 is formed in the cap 79 at a region from the peripheral portion of the ink supply port 71 to the second absorbing member 183 . With this configuration, even if ink leaks from the cartridge 75 into the inner space of the cap 79 , the ink can be introduced by the groove 184 to the second absorbing member 183 to be absorbed by the second absorbing member 183 .

注意,第一吸收构件182和第二吸收构件183可以不设置在帽79的内部空间中。此外,沟槽184可以不形成在帽79的内下表面处。在帽79覆盖筒75和包封件76的状态下,帽79的内周表面和筒75的外周表面在它们之间提供了间隙。即使沟槽184未形成在帽79的内下表面处,从筒75泄漏的墨也会经由该间隙被引到第二吸收构件183。Note that the first absorbent member 182 and the second absorbent member 183 may not be provided in the inner space of the cap 79 . Also, the groove 184 may not be formed at the inner lower surface of the cap 79 . In a state where the cap 79 covers the barrel 75 and the packing 76 , the inner peripheral surface of the cap 79 and the outer peripheral surface of the barrel 75 provide a gap therebetween. Even if the groove 184 is not formed at the inner lower surface of the cap 79 , the ink leaked from the cartridge 75 is drawn to the second absorbing member 183 via the gap.

如图13A和图13B中所示,帽79具有从前表面79A向后延伸的外周表面。帽79的外周表面形成有四个引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D。四个沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D中的每一个沟槽具有在前表面79A上敞开的前边缘。引导沟槽175A设置在帽79的右上端部处。引导沟槽175B设置在帽79的左上端部处。引导沟槽175C设置在帽79的右下端部处。引导沟槽175D设置在帽79的左下端部处。换句话说,引导沟槽175A和引导沟槽175D设置在墨阀室35的在与前后方向垂直的第一垂直方向上的相反侧。此外,引导沟槽175B和引导沟槽175C设置在墨阀室35的在与前后方向垂直且与第一垂直方向垂直的第二垂直方向上的相反侧。具体地,在实施例中,第一垂直方向是从帽79的右上侧连接到帽79的左下侧的方向,并且第二垂直方向是从帽79的左上侧连接到帽79的右下侧的方向。如上所述,帽79的外形是大体长方体。也就是说,当在前后方向上投影时,帽79具有投影平面,该投影平面具有由四条边以及将两个相邻边连接的四个拐角限定的大体矩形形状。四个引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D分别形成在四个拐角处。具体地,在前视图中,帽79的前表面79A具有大体矩形形状,更具体地,当从其前侧观察前表面79A时,四个引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D的前边缘形成在前表面79A的相应的拐角处。换句话说,引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D各自由形成在帽79的外周表面处的两个突起限定。具体地,帽79在其外周表面处具有四个突起。在所述四个突起中,两个突起分别向右和向左突出,使得供墨口71在左右方向上设置在这两个突起之间。所述两个突起具有相应的上端表面,该上端表面分别用作引导沟槽175A的第一引导表面176和引导沟槽175B的第一引导表面176。所述两个突起具有相应的下端表面,该下端表面分别用作引导沟槽175C的第一引导表面176和引导沟槽175D的第一引导表面176。As shown in FIGS. 13A and 13B , the cap 79 has an outer peripheral surface extending rearward from a front surface 79A. The outer peripheral surface of the cap 79 is formed with four guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C and 175D. Each of the four grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D has a front edge that is open on the front surface 79A. A guide groove 175A is provided at the upper right end portion of the cap 79 . A guide groove 175B is provided at the upper left end portion of the cap 79 . A guide groove 175C is provided at the lower right end portion of the cap 79 . A guide groove 175D is provided at the lower left end portion of the cap 79 . In other words, the guide groove 175A and the guide groove 175D are provided on opposite sides of the ink valve chamber 35 in the first vertical direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction. Further, the guide groove 175B and the guide groove 175C are provided on opposite sides of the ink valve chamber 35 in a second vertical direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction and perpendicular to the first vertical direction. Specifically, in the embodiment, the first vertical direction is the direction connecting from the upper right side of the cap 79 to the lower left side of the cap 79, and the second vertical direction is the direction connecting from the upper left side of the cap 79 to the lower right side of the cap 79 direction. As described above, the outer shape of the cap 79 is substantially a rectangular parallelepiped. That is, when projected in the front-rear direction, the cap 79 has a projected plane having a substantially rectangular shape defined by four sides and four corners connecting two adjacent sides. Four guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D are formed at the four corners, respectively. Specifically, in a front view, the front surface 79A of the cap 79 has a substantially rectangular shape, and more specifically, when the front surface 79A is viewed from its front side, the front edges of the four guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D form at the corresponding corners of the front surface 79A. In other words, the guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D are each defined by two protrusions formed at the outer peripheral surface of the cap 79 . Specifically, the cap 79 has four protrusions at its outer peripheral surface. Of the four protrusions, two protrusions protrude rightward and leftward, respectively, so that the ink supply port 71 is disposed between the two protrusions in the left-right direction. The two protrusions have respective upper end surfaces serving as the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175A and the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175B, respectively. The two protrusions have respective lower end surfaces serving as the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175C and the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175D, respectively.

在下文中,四个引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D将被统称为“引导沟槽175”。引导沟槽175在前后方向上是伸长的。因此,引导沟槽175的纵向方向与前后方向对准。Hereinafter, the four guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D will be collectively referred to as "guide grooves 175". The guide groove 175 is elongated in the front-rear direction. Therefore, the longitudinal direction of the guide groove 175 is aligned with the front-rear direction.

引导沟槽175A和175C被定位成相对于IC板64向右。引导沟槽175B和175D被定位成相对于IC板64向左。也就是说,在四个引导沟槽175中,两个引导沟槽175在向右方向55和向左方向56中的一个方向上位于IC板64的外侧,而其余两个引导沟槽175在向右方向55和向左方向56中的另一个方向上位于IC板64的外侧。顺便提及,四个引导沟槽175中的每一个引导沟槽不必需在左右方向上位于IC板64的外侧。The guide grooves 175A and 175C are positioned rightward with respect to the IC board 64 . Guide grooves 175B and 175D are positioned leftward with respect to IC board 64 . That is, among the four guide grooves 175, two guide grooves 175 are located outside the IC board 64 in one of the rightward direction 55 and the leftward direction 56, while the remaining two guide grooves 175 are located on the outside of the IC board 64. The other of the rightward direction 55 and the leftward direction 56 is located outside the IC board 64 . Incidentally, each of the four guide grooves 175 is not necessarily located outside the IC board 64 in the left-right direction.

引导沟槽175A具有相对于左右方向与引导沟槽175B对称的形状和布置。引导沟槽175A和175B中的每一个引导沟槽具有第一引导表面176和第二引导表面177。引导沟槽175C具有相对于左右方向与引导沟槽175D对称的形状和布置。引导沟槽175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽具有第一引导表面176、第二引导表面177和第三引导表面178。注意,引导沟槽175C的第三引导表面178未出现在图13B中。然而,引导沟槽175C的第三引导表面178与引导沟槽175D的第三引导表面178相同。The guide groove 175A has a shape and arrangement symmetrical to the guide groove 175B with respect to the left-right direction. Each of the guide grooves 175A and 175B has a first guide surface 176 and a second guide surface 177 . The guide groove 175C has a shape and arrangement symmetrical to the guide groove 175D with respect to the left-right direction. Each of the guide grooves 175C and 175D has a first guide surface 176 , a second guide surface 177 and a third guide surface 178 . Note that the third guide surface 178 of the guide groove 175C does not appear in FIG. 13B . However, the third guide surface 178 of the guide groove 175C is the same as the third guide surface 178 of the guide groove 175D.

第一引导表面176在前后方向和左右方向上延伸。第三引导表面178在左右方向和相对于前后方向倾斜的方向上延伸,使得其后端被定位成比其前端靠上。也就是说,第三引导表面178相对于前后方向倾斜。在引导沟槽175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽中,第三引导表面178被定位成相对于第一引导表面176向后。此外,在引导沟槽175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽中,第一引导表面176具有与第三引导表面178的前端连续的后端。第二引导表面177在前后方向和上下方向上延伸。在引导沟槽175A和175B中的每一个引导沟槽中,第二引导表面177连接到第一引导表面176。在引导沟槽175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽中,第二引导表面177连接到第一引导表面176和第三引导表面178。然而,第一引导表面176、第二引导表面177和第三引导表面178不必需彼此连接。The first guide surface 176 extends in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction. The third guide surface 178 extends in the left-right direction and in a direction inclined with respect to the front-rear direction such that its rear end is positioned higher than its front end. That is, the third guide surface 178 is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction. In each of the guide grooves 175C and 175D, the third guide surface 178 is positioned rearward with respect to the first guide surface 176 . Further, in each of the guide grooves 175C and 175D, the first guide surface 176 has a rear end continuous with the front end of the third guide surface 178 . The second guide surface 177 extends in the front-rear direction and the up-down direction. In each of the guide grooves 175A and 175B, the second guide surface 177 is connected to the first guide surface 176 . In each of the guide grooves 175C and 175D, the second guide surface 177 is connected to the first guide surface 176 and the third guide surface 178 . However, the first guide surface 176, the second guide surface 177, and the third guide surface 178 are not necessarily connected to each other.

如图6中所示,第三引导表面178相对于前后方向以角度θ1倾斜,并且主底壁部42的底表面相对于前后方向以角度θ2倾斜。角度θ1大于角度θ2。As shown in FIG. 6 , the third guide surface 178 is inclined at an angle θ1 with respect to the front-rear direction, and the bottom surface of the main bottom wall portion 42 is inclined at an angle θ2 with respect to the front-rear direction. The angle θ1 is larger than the angle θ2.

每一个引导沟槽175的第一引导表面176的后端被定位成相对于包封件76的前端向后。The rear end of the first guide surface 176 of each guide groove 175 is positioned rearward with respect to the front end of the enclosure 76 .

引导沟槽175A和175B中的每一个引导沟槽的第一引导表面176面向上。引导沟槽175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽的第一引导表面176面向下。引导沟槽175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽的第三引导表面178面向下。引导沟槽175A和175C中的每一个引导沟槽的第二引导表面177面向右。引导沟槽175B和175D中的每一个引导沟槽的第二引导表面177面向左。The first guide surface 176 of each of the guide grooves 175A and 175B faces upward. The first guide surface 176 of each of the guide grooves 175C and 175D faces downward. The third guide surface 178 of each of the guide grooves 175C and 175D faces downward. The second guide surface 177 of each of the guide grooves 175A and 175C faces rightward. The second guide surface 177 of each of the guide grooves 175B and 175D faces leftward.

当在前后方向上观察时,引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽被设置成由第一引导表面176和第二引导表面177构成的L形凹部的形式。也就是说,在前视图中,更具体是当从其前侧观察前表面79A时,引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽的前边缘在前表面79A上形成L形。在帽79中,在面对每一个第一引导表面176、每一个第二引导表面177和每一个第三引导表面178的位置处未形成表面。也就是说,引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽在与第一引导表面176垂直的方向上是敞开的。此外,引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽在与第二引导表面177垂直的方向上是敞开的。此外,引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽在与第三引导表面178垂直的方向上是敞开的。也就是说,每一个第一引导表面176在与其垂直的方向上敞开。此外,每一个第二引导表面177在与其垂直的方向上敞开。此外,每一个第三引导表面178在与其垂直的方向上敞开。更具体地,引导沟槽175A和175B中的每一个引导沟槽的第一引导表面176向上敞开,并且引导沟槽175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽的第一引导表面176向下敞开。此外,引导沟槽175A和175C中的每一个引导沟槽的第二引导表面177向右敞开,并且引导沟槽175B和175D中的每一个引导沟槽的第二引导表面177向左敞开。此外,引导沟槽175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽的第三引导表面178向下敞开。在引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽中,第一引导表面176与第二引导表面177形成规定角度。例如,由第一引导表面176和第二引导表面177形成的角度是90度。在引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽中,第二引导表面177在上下方向上的尺寸大于第一引导表面176在左右方向上的尺寸。Each of the guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D is provided in the form of an L-shaped recess constituted by the first guide surface 176 and the second guide surface 177 when viewed in the front-rear direction. That is, in a front view, more specifically, when the front surface 79A is viewed from the front side thereof, the front edge of each of the guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D forms an L on the front surface 79A. shape. In the cap 79 , no surface is formed at a position facing each of the first guide surface 176 , each of the second guide surface 177 , and each of the third guide surface 178 . That is, each of the guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D is open in a direction perpendicular to the first guide surface 176 . In addition, each of the guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D is open in a direction perpendicular to the second guide surface 177 . Furthermore, each of the guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D is open in a direction perpendicular to the third guide surface 178 . That is, each first guide surface 176 opens in a direction perpendicular thereto. Furthermore, each second guide surface 177 opens in a direction perpendicular thereto. Furthermore, each third guide surface 178 opens in a direction perpendicular thereto. More specifically, the first guide surface 176 of each of the guide grooves 175A and 175B opens upward, and the first guide surface 176 of each of the guide grooves 175C and 175D opens downward. Further, the second guide surface 177 of each of the guide grooves 175A and 175C opens to the right, and the second guide surface 177 of each of the guide grooves 175B and 175D opens to the left. Furthermore, the third guide surface 178 of each of the guide grooves 175C and 175D is opened downward. In each of the guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D, the first guide surface 176 forms a prescribed angle with the second guide surface 177 . For example, the angle formed by the first guide surface 176 and the second guide surface 177 is 90 degrees. In each of the guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D, the size of the second guide surface 177 in the up-down direction is larger than the size of the first guide surface 176 in the left-right direction.

在墨盒30插入到盒附接部110中的过程期间,墨盒30在向前方向51上插入到盒附接部110中。此时,设置在相对于墨针102的右上侧处的凸起105A进入引导沟槽175A,设置在相对于墨针102的左上侧处的凸起105B进入引导沟槽175B,设置在相对于墨针102的右下侧处的凸起105C进入引导沟槽175C,并且设置在相对于墨针102的左下侧处的凸起105D进入引导沟槽175D。以这种方式,引导沟槽175A、175B、175C和175D分别由凸起105A、105B、105C和105D引导。During the process of inserting the ink cartridge 30 into the cartridge attaching portion 110 , the ink cartridge 30 is inserted into the cartridge attaching portion 110 in the forward direction 51 . At this time, the protrusion 105A provided at the upper right side relative to the ink needle 102 enters the guide groove 175A, the protrusion 105B provided at the upper left side relative to the ink needle 102 enters the guide groove 175B, and the protrusion 105B provided at the upper left side relative to the ink needle 102 enters the guide groove 175B, and the protrusion 105B provided at the upper left side relative to the ink needle 102 enters the guide groove 175B, The protrusion 105C at the lower right side of the needle 102 enters the guide groove 175C, and the protrusion 105D provided at the lower left side relative to the ink needle 102 enters the guide groove 175D. In this way, the guide grooves 175A, 175B, 175C, and 175D are guided by the protrusions 105A, 105B, 105C, and 105D, respectively.

更具体地,引导沟槽175A的第一引导表面176由凸起105A的第一引导表面196引导,并且引导沟槽175A的第二引导表面177由凸起105A的第二引导表面197引导。此外,引导沟槽175B的第一引导表面176由凸起105B的第一引导表面196引导,并且引导沟槽175B的第二引导表面177由凸起105B的第二引导表面197引导。此外,引导沟槽175C的第一引导表面176由凸起105C的第一引导表面196引导,并且引导沟槽175C的第二引导表面177由凸起105C的第二引导表面197引导。此外,引导沟槽175D的第一引导表面176由凸起105D的第一引导表面196引导,并且引导沟槽175D的第二引导表面177由凸起105D的第二引导表面197引导。More specifically, the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175A is guided by the first guide surface 196 of the protrusion 105A, and the second guide surface 177 of the guide groove 175A is guided by the second guide surface 197 of the protrusion 105A. Further, the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175B is guided by the first guide surface 196 of the protrusion 105B, and the second guide surface 177 of the guide groove 175B is guided by the second guide surface 197 of the protrusion 105B. Furthermore, the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175C is guided by the first guide surface 196 of the protrusion 105C, and the second guide surface 177 of the guide groove 175C is guided by the second guide surface 197 of the protrusion 105C. Furthermore, the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175D is guided by the first guide surface 196 of the protrusion 105D, and the second guide surface 177 of the guide groove 175D is guided by the second guide surface 197 of the protrusion 105D.

随着墨盒30进一步向前插入到盒附接部110中,引导沟槽175C的第三引导表面178被定位在设置在相对于墨针102的右下侧处的凸起105C的上方,并且引导沟槽175D的第三引导表面178被定位在设置在相对于墨针102的左下侧处的凸起105D的上方。作为结果,在上下方向上在凸起105C的第一引导表面196和凸起105C的第三引导表面178之间形成了空间。在上下方向上在凸起105D的第一引导表面196和凸起105D的第三引导表面178之间也形成了空间。在第一引导表面196和第三引导表面178之间形成的空间允许墨盒30能够在壳体101中枢转地移动。As the ink cartridge 30 is inserted further forward into the cartridge attachment portion 110, the third guide surface 178 of the guide groove 175C is positioned above the protrusion 105C provided at the lower right side with respect to the ink needle 102, and guides the The third guide surface 178 of the groove 175D is positioned above the protrusion 105D provided at the lower left side with respect to the ink needle 102 . As a result, a space is formed between the first guide surface 196 of the protrusion 105C and the third guide surface 178 of the protrusion 105C in the up-down direction. A space is also formed between the first guide surface 196 of the protrusion 105D and the third guide surface 178 of the protrusion 105D in the up-down direction. The space formed between the first guide surface 196 and the third guide surface 178 allows the ink cartridge 30 to pivotally move within the housing 101 .

引导沟槽175不必需形成在帽79的右上端部处、左上端部处、右下端部处和左下端部处,只要引导沟槽175在帽79中分别形成在与盒附接部110的凸起105对应的位置处即可。例如,引导沟槽175可以分别形成在帽79的上表面的左右中央部处、帽79的下表面的左右中央部处、帽79的右表面的竖直(上下)中央部处以及帽79的左表面的竖直(上下)中央部处。此外,可以在帽79处形成三个或更少的引导沟槽175,或者五个或更多的引导沟槽175。也就是说,帽79可以形成有至少一个引导沟槽175。The guide grooves 175 are not necessarily formed at the upper right end, the upper left end, the lower right end, and the lower left end of the cap 79 as long as the guide grooves 175 are respectively formed in the cap 79 at the sides with the cartridge attaching portion 110. The position corresponding to the protrusion 105 is enough. For example, the guide grooves 175 may be formed at the left and right central portions of the upper surface of the cap 79, at the left and right central portions of the lower surface of the cap 79, at the vertical (upper and lower) central portions of the right surface of the cap 79, and at the left and right central portions of the cap 79. At the vertical (upper and lower) central portion of the left surface. In addition, three or less guide grooves 175 , or five or more guide grooves 175 may be formed at the cap 79 . That is, the cap 79 may be formed with at least one guide groove 175 .

也就是说,帽79可以形成有两个引导沟槽175而不是四个引导沟槽175。在这种情况下,两个引导沟槽175可以被形成为布置在上下方向或左右方向上。在两个引导沟槽175布置在上下方向上的情况下,引导沟槽175A和175C可以形成在帽79中;或者引导沟槽175B和175D可以形成在帽79中。可替代地,在两个引导沟槽175布置在左右方向上的情况下,引导沟槽175A和175B可以形成在帽79处;或者引导沟槽175C和175D可以形成在帽79处。That is, the cap 79 may be formed with two guide grooves 175 instead of four guide grooves 175 . In this case, two guide grooves 175 may be formed to be arranged in up-down or left-right directions. In the case where the two guide grooves 175 are arranged in the up-down direction, guide grooves 175A and 175C may be formed in the cap 79 ; or guide grooves 175B and 175D may be formed in the cap 79 . Alternatively, in the case where two guide grooves 175 are arranged in the left-right direction, guide grooves 175A and 175B may be formed at the cap 79 ; or guide grooves 175C and 175D may be formed at the cap 79 .

每一个引导沟槽175可以具有与第一引导表面176相对的表面。在这种情况下,引导沟槽175至少由与第一引导表面176相对的表面、第一引导表面176和第二引导表面177限定。在这种情况下,第一引导表面176在与第一引导表面176垂直的方向上不敞开。此外,每一个引导沟槽175可以具有与第二引导表面177相对的表面。在这种情况下,引导沟槽175至少由与第二引导表面177相对的表面、第一引导表面176和第二引导表面177限定。在这种情况下,第二引导表面177在与第二引导表面177垂直的方向上不敞开。Each guide groove 175 may have a surface opposite to the first guide surface 176 . In this case, the guide groove 175 is defined by at least a surface opposite to the first guide surface 176 , the first guide surface 176 and the second guide surface 177 . In this case, the first guide surface 176 does not open in a direction perpendicular to the first guide surface 176 . In addition, each guide groove 175 may have a surface opposite to the second guide surface 177 . In this case, the guide groove 175 is defined by at least a surface opposite to the second guide surface 177 , the first guide surface 176 and the second guide surface 177 . In this case, the second guide surface 177 does not open in a direction perpendicular to the second guide surface 177 .

此外,引导沟槽175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽不必需具有第三引导表面178。在这种情况下,类似于引导沟槽175A和175B,引导沟槽175C和175D中的每一个引导沟槽仅由第一引导表面176和第二引导表面177限定。Furthermore, each of the guide grooves 175C and 175D does not necessarily have the third guide surface 178 . In this case, each of the guide grooves 175C and 175D is defined only by the first guide surface 176 and the second guide surface 177 similarly to the guide grooves 175A and 175B.

图12中所示的卡扣配合机构74被构造成使帽79与盒壳体130和筒75中的一个接合。在实施例中,卡扣配合机构74使帽79与盒壳体130接合。The snap fit mechanism 74 shown in FIG. 12 is configured to engage the cap 79 with one of the cartridge housing 130 and the barrel 75 . In an embodiment, the snap fit mechanism 74 engages the cap 79 with the cartridge housing 130 .

卡扣配合机构74包括四个伸出部179和两个凸起180。四个伸出部179中的两个伸出部179设置在盒壳体130的右侧壁37处,并且四个伸出部179中的其余两个伸出部179设置在盒壳体130的左侧壁38处。因此,在实施例中,四个伸出部179设置在盒壳体130处。两个凸起180设置在帽79处。The snap fit mechanism 74 includes four protrusions 179 and two protrusions 180 . Two protrusions 179 of the four protrusions 179 are provided at the right side wall 37 of the cartridge case 130, and the remaining two protrusions 179 of the four protrusions 179 are disposed at the side of the cartridge case 130. 38 on the left side wall. Therefore, in an embodiment, four protrusions 179 are provided at the cartridge case 130 . Two protrusions 180 are provided at the cap 79 .

具体地,两个伸出部179从右侧壁37向右突出并且在上下方向上彼此间隔开。从右侧壁37突出的两个伸出部179没有出现在图12中。如图12中所示,其余两个伸出部179从左侧壁38向左突出并且在上下方向上彼此间隔开。注意,设置在右侧壁37处的两个伸出部179组具有相对于左右方向与其余两个伸出部179组对称的形状和布置。换句话说,左侧壁38和右侧壁37中的每一个侧壁形成有向后凹进的凹部。每一个凹部适应于接收对应的凸起180。也就是说,卡扣配合机构74包括两个凸起180以及两个凹部,所述两个凹部适应于接收对应的凸起180。如将在下面描述的,伸出部179可以从供墨部34的筒75突出。如图6中所示,每一个伸出部179具有面向后的接合表面179A。Specifically, two protrusions 179 protrude rightward from the right side wall 37 and are spaced apart from each other in the up-down direction. The two protrusions 179 protruding from the right side wall 37 do not appear in FIG. 12 . As shown in FIG. 12 , the remaining two protrusions 179 protrude leftward from the left side wall 38 and are spaced apart from each other in the up-down direction. Note that the set of two protrusions 179 provided at the right side wall 37 has a shape and arrangement symmetrical to the remaining two sets of protrusions 179 with respect to the left-right direction. In other words, each of the left side wall 38 and the right side wall 37 is formed with a recess recessed backward. Each recess is adapted to receive a corresponding protrusion 180 . That is, the snap fit mechanism 74 includes two protrusions 180 and two recesses adapted to receive corresponding protrusions 180 . As will be described below, the protruding portion 179 may protrude from the barrel 75 of the ink supply portion 34 . As shown in FIG. 6 , each protrusion 179 has a rearwardly facing engagement surface 179A.

如图13A中所示,两个凸起180中的每一个凸起180从限定帽79的开口87的边缘部在帽79的轴向方向上突出。在墨盒30的操作姿态中,帽79的轴向方向与前后方向重合,并且凸起180从帽79向后突出。顺便提及,凸起180可以在除了向后方向52之外的方向上突出,只要帽79能够通过卡扣配合与壳体130接合即可。As shown in FIG. 13A , each of the two protrusions 180 protrudes in the axial direction of the cap 79 from the edge portion defining the opening 87 of the cap 79 . In the operating posture of the ink cartridge 30 , the axial direction of the cap 79 coincides with the front-rear direction, and the protrusion 180 protrudes rearward from the cap 79 . Incidentally, the protrusion 180 may protrude in a direction other than the rearward direction 52 as long as the cap 79 can be engaged with the housing 130 by snap fit.

两个凸起180中的一个凸起180在开口87的右方的位置处从帽79向后突出。两个凸起180中的其余一个凸起180在开口87的左方的位置处从帽79向后突出。也就是说,两个凸起180被布置成在左右方向上彼此相对,使得开口87介于两个凸起180之间。在帽79覆盖筒75的状态下,两个凸起180中的一个凸起180在左右方向上面向右侧壁37,并且两个凸起180中的其余一个凸起180在左右方向上面向左侧壁38。换句话说,在帽79覆盖筒75的状态下,两个凸起180被布置成在左右方向上彼此相对,其中盒壳体130介于两个凸起180之间。One of the two protrusions 180 protrudes rearward from the cap 79 at a position to the right of the opening 87 . The remaining one of the two protrusions 180 protrudes rearward from the cap 79 at a position leftward of the opening 87 . That is, the two protrusions 180 are arranged to face each other in the left-right direction such that the opening 87 is interposed between the two protrusions 180 . In the state where the cap 79 covers the barrel 75, one of the two protrusions 180 faces the right side wall 37 in the left-right direction, and the remaining one of the two protrusions 180 faces left in the left-right direction. side wall 38 . In other words, in a state where the cap 79 covers the barrel 75 , the two protrusions 180 are arranged to face each other in the left-right direction with the cartridge case 130 interposed therebetween.

两个凸起180中的每一个凸起180具有被定位成相对于帽79的上端向下的上端以及被定位成相对于帽79的下端向上的下端。当从其后侧观察帽79时,两个凸起180不从帽79的外周缘向外突出。换句话说,当从其后侧观察帽79时,两个凸起180位于帽79的外周缘的内侧。Each of the two protrusions 180 has an upper end positioned downward relative to the upper end of the cap 79 and a lower end positioned upward relative to the lower end of the cap 79 . The two protrusions 180 do not protrude outward from the outer peripheral edge of the cap 79 when the cap 79 is viewed from its rear side. In other words, the two protrusions 180 are located inside the outer peripheral edge of the cap 79 when the cap 79 is viewed from its rear side.

顺便提及,当从其后侧观察帽79时,每一个凸起180可以具有位于帽79的外周缘的外侧的部分。例如,每一个凸起180的上端可以被定位成相对于帽79的上端向上。可替代地,每一个凸起180的下端可以被定位成相对于帽79的下端向下。Incidentally, each protrusion 180 may have a portion located outside the outer peripheral edge of the cap 79 when the cap 79 is viewed from the rear side thereof. For example, the upper end of each protrusion 180 may be positioned upward relative to the upper end of the cap 79 . Alternatively, the lower end of each protrusion 180 may be positioned downward relative to the lower end of the cap 79 .

每一个凸起180具有在上下方向上的长度,使得其后端处的在上下方向上的长度小于其前端处的在上下方向上的长度。也就是说,每一个凸起180具有渐细的形状,使得其在上下方向上的长度朝向其远端(即后端)逐渐减小。顺便提及,每一个凸起180可以不具有上述渐细的形状。Each protrusion 180 has a length in the up and down direction such that the length in the up and down direction at its rear end is smaller than the length in the up and down direction at its front end. That is, each protrusion 180 has a tapered shape such that its length in the up-and-down direction gradually decreases toward its distal end (ie, rear end). Incidentally, each protrusion 180 may not have the above-mentioned tapered shape.

每一个凸起180具有远端部180A和一对接合爪181。一对接合爪181中的一个接合爪从远端部180A的上表面向上突出(更具体是以斜角方式向上且向前突出)。一对接合爪181中的其余一个接合爪从远端部180A的下表面向下突出(更具体是以斜角方式向下且向前突出)。每一个接合爪181具有比远端部180A的形状窄的形状。换句话说,每一个接合爪181在上下方向上的长度小于凸起180的其余部分在上下方向上的长度。利用这种构造,每一个接合爪181能够弹性变形,以能够相对于凸起180的远端部180A移动。更具体地,每一个接合爪181被构造成弹性变形,以能够绕其基端(即连接到远端部180A的部分)在上下方向上枢转地移动。Each protrusion 180 has a distal end portion 180A and a pair of engagement claws 181 . One of the pair of engagement claws 181 protrudes upward (more specifically, upward and forward in an oblique manner) from the upper surface of the distal end portion 180A. The remaining one of the pair of engagement claws 181 protrudes downward from the lower surface of the distal end portion 180A (more specifically, protrudes downward and forward in an oblique manner). Each engagement claw 181 has a shape narrower than that of the distal end portion 180A. In other words, the length of each engagement claw 181 in the up-down direction is smaller than the length of the rest of the protrusion 180 in the up-down direction. With this configuration, each engagement claw 181 is elastically deformable to be movable relative to the distal end portion 180A of the protrusion 180 . More specifically, each engaging claw 181 is configured to be elastically deformed so as to be pivotally movable in an up-down direction about a base end thereof (ie, a portion connected to the distal end portion 180A).

在帽79从筒75和包封件76的前侧覆盖筒75和包封件76的状态下,每一个凸起180被接收在设置在壳体130处的对应的凹部中,并且每一个接合爪181与对应的伸出部179(见图6)的接合表面179A接合。更具体地,设置在开口87的右方的凸起180的一对接合爪181与从右侧壁37向右突出的两个伸出部179的接合表面179A接合,而设置在开口87的左方的凸起180的一对接合爪181与从左侧壁38向左突出的两个伸出部179的接合表面179A接合。借助于这些接合,帽79被保持在附接到盒壳体130的状态下。In the state where the cap 79 covers the cylinder 75 and the envelope 76 from the front sides of the cylinder 75 and the envelope 76, each protrusion 180 is received in a corresponding recess provided at the housing 130, and each engages The claws 181 engage with the engagement surfaces 179A of the corresponding protrusions 179 (see FIG. 6 ). More specifically, a pair of engaging claws 181 of the protrusion 180 provided on the right side of the opening 87 engages with the engaging surfaces 179A of the two projections 179 protruding rightward from the right side wall 37 , while being provided on the left side of the opening 87 A pair of engagement claws 181 of the square protrusion 180 engages with the engagement surfaces 179A of the two protrusions 179 protruding leftward from the left side wall 38 . With these engagements, the cap 79 is kept attached to the cartridge case 130 .

如图10中所示,在帽79从筒75和包封件76的前侧覆盖筒75和包封件76的状态下,帽79的前端壁的内表面79B(即与前表面79A相反的表面)被定位成相对于包封件76向前并且与包封件76压力接触。此外,在帽79从筒75和包封件76的前侧覆盖筒75和包封件76的状态下,筒75的前端被定位成相对于包封件76向后并且与包封件76压力接触。因此,包封件76在介于帽79和筒75之间的同时被固定在帽79和筒75之间。包封件76和筒75之间的间隙以及包封件76和帽79之间的间隙被液密地密封。As shown in FIG. 10 , in a state where the cap 79 covers the cylinder 75 and the envelope 76 from the front sides of the cylinder 75 and the envelope 76, the inner surface 79B of the front end wall of the cap 79 (that is, the opposite side to the front surface 79A) surface) is positioned forward relative to the enclosure 76 and is in pressure contact with the enclosure 76 . Furthermore, in a state where the cap 79 covers the cylinder 75 and the envelope 76 from the front sides of the cylinder 75 and the envelope 76 , the front end of the cylinder 75 is positioned backward relative to the envelope 76 and pressed against the envelope 76 touch. Thus, the envelope 76 is fixed between the cap 79 and the barrel 75 while being interposed between the cap 79 and the barrel 75 . The gap between the packing 76 and the barrel 75 and the gap between the packing 76 and the cap 79 are liquid-tightly sealed.

在帽79从筒75和包封件76的前侧覆盖筒75和包封件76的状态下,帽79被定位成相对于前壁40向下且向后。In a state where the cap 79 covers the cylinder 75 and the envelope 76 from the front sides of the cylinder 75 and the envelope 76 , the cap 79 is positioned downward and rearward with respect to the front wall 40 .

在实施例中,卡扣配合机构74使帽79与盒壳体130接合。然而,如上所述,卡扣配合机构74可以使帽79与供墨部34的筒75接合。在这种情况下,伸出部179可以从筒75的外周表面突出。此外,在帽79覆盖筒75的状态下,两个凸起180被布置成彼此相对,使得筒75介于两个凸起180之间。In an embodiment, the snap fit mechanism 74 engages the cap 79 with the cartridge housing 130 . However, as described above, the snap fit mechanism 74 may engage the cap 79 with the barrel 75 of the ink supply 34 . In this case, the protrusion 179 may protrude from the outer peripheral surface of the barrel 75 . Further, in a state where the cap 79 covers the barrel 75 , the two protrusions 180 are arranged to face each other such that the barrel 75 is interposed between the two protrusions 180 .

<用于相对于盒附接部110附接和移除墨盒30的操作><Operation for Attaching and Removing Ink Cartridge 30 with respect to Cartridge Attaching Portion 110 >

接下来,将参考图3、图10以及图15至图20描述用于将墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的操作。Next, an operation for attaching the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attaching portion 110 will be described with reference to FIGS. 3 , 10 , and 15 to 20 .

如图10中所示,在将墨盒30附接到盒附接部110之前,在墨盒30中,阀77与包封件76接触以关闭通孔73。因此,此时,墨从墨阀室35到墨盒30的外部的流动被中断。此外,杠杆163在第一位置。随着第一位置的杠杆163的第一凸起168向下按压阀体161的杆165,阀体161处于关闭位置。在这种状态下,通孔46被杆165和阀体161的密封构件166关闭。因此,第一储存室32不向大气敞开。也就是说,第一储存室32和墨盒30的外部之间的连通被中断。As shown in FIG. 10 , before the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , in the ink cartridge 30 , the valve 77 is in contact with the envelope 76 to close the through hole 73 . Therefore, at this time, the flow of ink from the ink valve chamber 35 to the outside of the ink cartridge 30 is interrupted. Additionally, the lever 163 is in the first position. As the first protrusion 168 of the lever 163 of the first position presses down the stem 165 of the valve body 161, the valve body 161 is in the closed position. In this state, the through hole 46 is closed by the rod 165 and the sealing member 166 of the valve body 161 . Therefore, the first storage chamber 32 is not opened to the atmosphere. That is, communication between the first storage chamber 32 and the outside of the ink cartridge 30 is interrupted.

如图15和图16中所示,墨盒30通过盒附接部110的开口112插入到壳体101中,其中前壁40、82面向前并且顶壁39面向上。也就是说,墨盒30在沿着向前方向51(即附接方向)移动的同时附接到壳体101。使用者在向前推动后壁41、83的同时将墨盒30插入到盒附接部110中。墨盒30的下端部进入形成在壳体101的底壁中的引导沟槽109。As shown in FIGS. 15 and 16 , the ink cartridge 30 is inserted into the housing 101 through the opening 112 of the cartridge attachment portion 110 with the front walls 40 , 82 facing forward and the top wall 39 facing upward. That is, the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the housing 101 while moving in the forward direction 51 (ie, the attaching direction). The user inserts the ink cartridge 30 into the cartridge attachment portion 110 while pushing the rear wall 41 , 83 forward. The lower end portion of the ink cartridge 30 enters a guide groove 109 formed in the bottom wall of the housing 101 .

如图15中所示,随着墨盒30插入到壳体101中,凸起105前进到供墨部34的对应的引导沟槽175中。因此,引导沟槽175分别由凸起105引导。As shown in FIG. 15 , as the ink cartridge 30 is inserted into the housing 101 , the protrusion 105 advances into the corresponding guide groove 175 of the ink supply portion 34 . Accordingly, the guide grooves 175 are respectively guided by the protrusions 105 .

随着凸起105分别前进到引导沟槽175中,引导沟槽175C的第一引导表面176和引导沟槽175D的第一引导表面176分别由设置在相对于墨针102的右下侧处的凸起105C以及设置在相对于墨针102的左下侧处的凸起105D支撑。此外,设置在相对于墨针102的右上侧处的凸起105A以及设置在相对于墨针102的左上侧处的凸起105B分别位于引导沟槽175A的第一引导表面176的附近且在其上方以及引导沟槽175B的第一引导表面176的附近且在其上方。作为结果,供墨部34关于上下方向相对于壳体101被固定就位。As the protrusions 105 advance into the guide grooves 175, respectively, the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175C and the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175D are respectively controlled by the bottom right side with respect to the ink needle 102. The protrusion 105C and the protrusion 105D provided at the lower left side with respect to the ink needle 102 are supported. Further, the protrusion 105A provided at the upper right side with respect to the ink needle 102 and the protrusion 105B provided at the upper left side with respect to the ink needle 102 are located near and on the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175A, respectively. above and in the vicinity of and above the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175B. As a result, the ink supply portion 34 is fixed in position with respect to the up-down direction relative to the housing 101 .

随着凸起105前进到引导沟槽175中,设置在相对于墨针102的右上侧处的凸起105A以及设置在相对于墨针102的右下侧处的凸起105C分别位于引导沟槽175A的第二引导表面177的附近且在其右方以及引导沟槽175C的第二引导表面177的附近且在其右方。此外,设置在相对于墨针102的左上侧处的凸起105B以及设置在相对于墨针102的左下侧处的凸起105D分别位于引导沟槽175B的第二引导表面177的附近且在其左方以及引导沟槽175D的第二引导表面177的附近且在其左方。作为结果,供墨部34关于左右方向相对于壳体101被固定就位。As the protrusion 105 advances into the guide groove 175, the protrusion 105A provided at the upper right side with respect to the ink needle 102 and the protrusion 105C provided at the lower right side with respect to the ink needle 102 are located in the guide groove, respectively. Near and to the right of the second guide surface 177 of 175A and near and to the right of the second guide surface 177 of the guide groove 175C. Further, the protrusion 105B provided at the upper left side with respect to the ink needle 102 and the protrusion 105D provided at the lower left side with respect to the ink needle 102 are located near and on the second guide surface 177 of the guide groove 175B, respectively. left and in the vicinity of and on the left of the second guide surface 177 of the guide groove 175D. As a result, the ink supply portion 34 is fixed in position with respect to the left-right direction relative to the housing 101 .

随着墨盒30进一步插入到壳体101中,墨针102通过供墨口71前进到帽79的内部空间中,以被压配到包封件76的通孔73中。如上所述,此时,供墨部34在上下方向和左右方向上相对于壳体101被固定就位。因此,墨针102能够在不抵靠帽79的情况下穿过供墨口71的中央部。As the ink cartridge 30 is further inserted into the housing 101 , the ink needle 102 advances through the ink supply port 71 into the inner space of the cap 79 to be press-fitted into the through hole 73 of the envelope 76 . As described above, at this time, the ink supply portion 34 is fixed in position relative to the housing 101 in the up-down direction and the left-right direction. Therefore, the ink needle 102 can pass through the central portion of the ink supply port 71 without abutting against the cap 79 .

随着墨盒30还进一步插入到壳体101中,墨针102进入墨阀室35并且抵抗螺旋弹簧78的推压力而使阀77移动离开包封件76(见图19)。墨针102因此连接到供墨部34以允许彼此连通。因此,允许了墨从第一储存室32和第二储存室33通过墨阀室35流入到墨针102的内部空间中。在这种状态下,螺旋弹簧78的推压力被施加在墨盒30上,以向后推压墨盒30。As the ink cartridge 30 is further inserted into the housing 101, the ink needle 102 enters the ink valve chamber 35 and moves the valve 77 away from the enclosure 76 against the urging force of the coil spring 78 (see FIG. 19). The ink needles 102 are thus connected to the ink supply portion 34 to allow communication with each other. Accordingly, ink is allowed to flow from the first storage chamber 32 and the second storage chamber 33 into the inner space of the ink needle 102 through the ink valve chamber 35 . In this state, the urging force of the coil spring 78 is applied to the ink cartridge 30 to urge the ink cartridge 30 backward.

此后,当墨盒30进一步插入到壳体101中时,凸起105C、105D的后端移动经过引导沟槽175C、175D的第一引导表面176,并且分别位于引导沟槽175C、175D的第三引导表面178的下方。在上下方向上在引导沟槽175C、175D的第三引导表面178与凸起105C、105D之间分别形成了空间。此外,如上所述,盒壳体130的主底壁部42相对于前后方向倾斜,使得在主底壁部42的前端部处的底端被定位成相对于在主底壁部42的后端部处的底端向下。因此,在上下方向上在主底壁部42和壳体101的底部之间形成了空间。这些空间允许墨盒30能够绕着包封件76的通孔73枢转移动,使得在墨针102被压配到通孔73中并与通孔73接触的状态下,墨盒30的后部向下移动。此时,通孔73用作墨盒30的这种枢转移动的枢轴中心。Thereafter, when the ink cartridge 30 is further inserted into the casing 101, the rear ends of the projections 105C, 105D move past the first guide surfaces 176 of the guide grooves 175C, 175D, and are respectively positioned at the third guide surfaces 176 of the guide grooves 175C, 175D. below the surface 178 . Spaces are formed between the third guide surfaces 178 of the guide grooves 175C, 175D and the protrusions 105C, 105D in the up-down direction, respectively. Furthermore, as described above, the main bottom wall portion 42 of the cartridge case 130 is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction so that the bottom end at the front end portion of the main bottom wall portion 42 is positioned relative to the rear end of the main bottom wall portion 42 . The bottom of the head is down. Therefore, a space is formed between the main bottom wall portion 42 and the bottom of the housing 101 in the up-down direction. These spaces allow the ink cartridge 30 to pivotally move around the through hole 73 of the wrapper 76 so that the rear of the ink cartridge 30 is downward in a state where the ink needle 102 is press-fitted into and in contact with the through hole 73. move. At this time, the through hole 73 serves as a pivot center of such pivotal movement of the ink cartridge 30 .

在墨盒30被置于能够枢转地移动的状态下之后,当墨盒30进一步插入到壳体101中时,盒附接部110的锁定轴145接触一对壁114的倾斜表面155,并且沿着倾斜表面155被引导(见图15)。此时,倾斜表面155受到来自锁定轴145的向下反作用力。作为结果,墨盒30在墨盒30的后部向下移动的情况下枢转地移动(见图18和图19)。After the ink cartridge 30 is placed in a pivotally movable state, when the ink cartridge 30 is further inserted into the casing 101, the locking shaft 145 of the cartridge attachment portion 110 contacts the inclined surfaces 155 of the pair of walls 114, and along The inclined surface 155 is guided (see Fig. 15). At this time, the inclined surface 155 receives a downward reaction force from the lock shaft 145 . As a result, the ink cartridge 30 pivotally moves with the rear of the ink cartridge 30 moving downward (see FIGS. 18 and 19 ).

如图19中所示,随着墨盒30进一步插入到壳体101中并且墨盒30的前壁40、82接近在壳体101的内端表面59附近的位置,壳体101的凸起板111进入一对壁114之间的空间。然而,由于因墨盒30的枢转移动而导致墨盒30的后部已经向下移动,因此杠杆163也已经向下移动。在该状态下,尽管底表面111A位于杠杆163上方,但凸起板111的底表面111A仍尚未接触杠杆163。As shown in FIG. 19, as the ink cartridge 30 is further inserted into the housing 101 and the front walls 40, 82 of the ink cartridge 30 approach a position near the inner end surface 59 of the housing 101, the raised plate 111 of the housing 101 enters. The space between the pair of walls 114 . However, since the rear of the ink cartridge 30 has moved downward due to the pivotal movement of the ink cartridge 30, the lever 163 has also moved downward. In this state, although the bottom surface 111A is located above the lever 163 , the bottom surface 111A of the raised plate 111 has not yet contacted the lever 163 .

此外,如图19中所示,当墨盒30的前壁40、82接近在壳体101的内端表面59附近的位置时,锁定轴145移动经过倾斜表面155和水平表面154并且被定位成比锁定表面151靠后。换句话说,锁定轴145与墨盒30略微间隔开。此外,此时,在锁定轴145下方形成了空间。因此,墨盒30未接收到来自锁定轴145的反作用力。作为结果,墨盒30绕着包封件76的通孔73枢转移动,使得墨盒30的后部向上移动(见图3和图20)。注意,图3和图20中所示的墨盒30的姿态是操作姿态,即竖立姿态。In addition, as shown in FIG. 19, when the front wall 40, 82 of the ink cartridge 30 approaches a position near the inner end surface 59 of the housing 101, the lock shaft 145 moves past the inclined surface 155 and the horizontal surface 154 and is positioned relatively The locking surface 151 is rearward. In other words, the lock shaft 145 is slightly spaced from the ink cartridge 30 . Also, at this time, a space is formed below the lock shaft 145 . Therefore, the ink cartridge 30 does not receive the reaction force from the lock shaft 145 . As a result, the ink cartridge 30 pivotally moves about the through hole 73 of the enclosure 76, so that the rear portion of the ink cartridge 30 moves upward (see FIGS. 3 and 20 ). Note that the posture of the ink cartridge 30 shown in FIGS. 3 and 20 is an operation posture, that is, an upright posture.

随着墨盒30的后部由于墨盒30的枢转移动而向上移动,杠杆163也向上移动。因此,杠杆163的第二凸起169的远端(即上端)处的表面169A从下方接触凸起板111的底表面111A。换句话说,杠杆163能够在向上移动的同时接入凸起板111。注意,在墨针102进入墨阀室35之后,即在墨针102连接到供墨部34之后,杠杆163与凸起板111的底表面111A形成接触(见图3、图17和图19)。As the rear of the ink cartridge 30 moves upward due to the pivotal movement of the ink cartridge 30, the lever 163 also moves upward. Therefore, the surface 169A at the distal end (ie, the upper end) of the second protrusion 169 of the lever 163 contacts the bottom surface 111A of the raised plate 111 from below. In other words, the lever 163 can engage the raised plate 111 while moving upward. Note that after the ink needle 102 enters the ink valve chamber 35, that is, after the ink needle 102 is connected to the ink supply portion 34, the lever 163 comes into contact with the bottom surface 111A of the raised plate 111 (see FIGS. 3, 17 and 19) .

当杠杆163的第二凸起169的上端处的表面169A接触凸起板111的底表面111A时,第二凸起169接收来自凸起板111的向下反作用力。换句话说,杠杆163接收力,从而在图19中在顺时针方向上枢转移动。该力大于使第一凸起168从阀体161的杆165的上表面处的后部165B移动到其前部165A所需的力。因此,杠杆163在图19中能够在顺时针方向上从第一位置朝向第二位置枢转移动(也见图3)。此时,杠杆163的第一凸起168在阀体161的杆165的上表面处在倾斜部165C上移动,并且因此从其后部165B移动到其前部165A。同时,随着杆165被杠杆163向下推动,阀体161略微向下移动。作为结果,杠杆163的第一凸起168停止向下推动阀体161。因此,杠杆163不再将阀体161维持在关闭位置。也就是说,在第二位置的杠杆163释放对阀体161移动到打开位置的限制。在这种状态下,阀体161借助于螺旋弹簧162(见图3)的推压力而从关闭位置向上移动到打开位置,从而打开通孔46。因此,第一储存室32通过通孔46、空气室36、迷宫路径143和连通孔147向大气敞开。也就是说,在打开位置的阀体161允许第一储存室32与空气连通通道72之间的连通。When the surface 169A at the upper end of the second protrusion 169 of the lever 163 contacts the bottom surface 111A of the raised plate 111 , the second protrusion 169 receives a downward reaction force from the raised plate 111 . In other words, the lever 163 receives force to pivotally move in the clockwise direction in FIG. 19 . This force is greater than the force required to move the first protrusion 168 from the rear portion 165B at the upper surface of the stem 165 of the valve body 161 to the front portion 165A thereof. Thus, the lever 163 is pivotally movable in the clockwise direction from the first position towards the second position in FIG. 19 (see also FIG. 3 ). At this time, the first protrusion 168 of the lever 163 moves on the inclined portion 165C at the upper surface of the stem 165 of the valve body 161 , and thus moves from its rear portion 165B to its front portion 165A. Simultaneously, as the rod 165 is pushed downward by the lever 163, the valve body 161 moves downward slightly. As a result, the first protrusion 168 of the lever 163 stops pushing the valve body 161 downward. Therefore, the lever 163 no longer maintains the valve body 161 in the closed position. That is, the lever 163 at the second position releases the restriction on the movement of the valve body 161 to the open position. In this state, the valve body 161 is moved upward from the closed position to the open position by the urging force of the coil spring 162 (see FIG. 3 ), thereby opening the through hole 46 . Therefore, the first storage chamber 32 is opened to the atmosphere through the through hole 46 , the air chamber 36 , the labyrinth path 143 and the communication hole 147 . That is, the valve body 161 in the open position allows communication between the first storage chamber 32 and the air communication passage 72 .

如上所述,在第二位置的杠杆163与凸起板111间隔开。此外,密封构件166从下方与通孔139压力接触,从而覆盖通孔139的周缘部。密封构件166和通孔139之间的间隙被气密且液密地关闭。As mentioned above, the lever 163 in the second position is spaced from the raised plate 111 . Further, the sealing member 166 is in pressure contact with the through hole 139 from below so as to cover the peripheral portion of the through hole 139 . The gap between the sealing member 166 and the through hole 139 is closed airtightly and liquidtightly.

如上所述,为了允许第一储存室32向大气敞开,需要将阀体161首先向下推动然后向上移动。该构造能够抑制阀体161无意地移动到打开位置。注意,杠杆163的移动是不可逆的。也就是说,杠杆163能够通过抵靠凸起板111而从第一位置移动到第二位置。然而,一旦杠杆163移动到第二位置,即使将墨盒30从壳体101移除,杠杆163也不能返回到第一位置。因此,阀体161的移动也是不可逆的。As described above, in order to allow the first storage chamber 32 to be opened to the atmosphere, it is necessary to first push the valve body 161 downward and then move upward. This configuration can suppress unintentional movement of the valve body 161 to the open position. Note that the movement of lever 163 is irreversible. That is, the lever 163 can move from the first position to the second position by abutting against the raised plate 111 . However, once the lever 163 is moved to the second position, the lever 163 cannot return to the first position even if the ink cartridge 30 is removed from the housing 101 . Therefore, the movement of the valve body 161 is also irreversible.

此外,在墨盒30的枢转移动之后,当墨盒30被置于图3和图20中所示的状态下时,挡光板67(具体是挡光板67的形成有切口66的部分)位于光学传感器113的光发射器和光接收器之间(见图2)。因此,打印机10能够确定墨盒30已经附接到盒附接部110。顺便提及,在图3以及图15至图20中,未示出光学传感器113。In addition, after the pivotal movement of the ink cartridge 30, when the ink cartridge 30 is placed in the state shown in FIGS. 113 between the light transmitter and light receiver (see Figure 2). Therefore, the printer 10 can determine that the ink cartridge 30 has been attached to the cartridge attaching portion 110 . Incidentally, in FIG. 3 and FIGS. 15 to 20 , the optical sensor 113 is not shown.

此外,在墨盒30的枢转移动之后,当墨盒30被置于图3和图20中所示的状态下时,IC板64的每一个电极65在使接触部106向上弹性变形的同时与对应的接触部106电接触。Furthermore, after the pivotal movement of the ink cartridge 30, when the ink cartridge 30 is placed in the state shown in FIGS. The contacts 106 are in electrical contact.

当墨盒30枢转地移动使得墨盒30的后部向上移动时,锁定表面151也向上移动。然后,当墨盒30被置于图3和图20中所示的状态下时,锁定表面151面向后且与锁定轴145相对。当使用者在该状态下停止向前推动墨盒30时,墨盒30由于螺旋弹簧78的推压力而向后移动。由于锁定表面151面向后且与锁定轴145相对,因此当墨盒30向后移动时,锁定轴145抵靠在锁定表面151上并且与锁定表面151接合。锁定轴145和锁定表面151之间的这种接合限制了墨盒30进一步向后移动。以这种方式,通过锁定轴145和锁定表面151之间的接合将墨盒30保持在附接位置中。因此,由于锁定表面151(墨盒30)在向上方向54上接入到锁定轴145(更具体是锁定轴145的前端处的表面),所以墨盒30能够采用操作姿态。When the ink cartridge 30 is pivotally moved such that the rear of the ink cartridge 30 moves upward, the locking surface 151 also moves upward. Then, when the ink cartridge 30 is placed in the state shown in FIGS. 3 and 20 , the locking surface 151 faces backward and is opposed to the locking shaft 145 . When the user stops pushing the ink cartridge 30 forward in this state, the ink cartridge 30 moves backward due to the urging force of the coil spring 78 . Since the locking surface 151 faces rearward and is opposed to the locking shaft 145, the locking shaft 145 abuts against and engages with the locking surface 151 when the ink cartridge 30 moves rearward. This engagement between locking shaft 145 and locking surface 151 limits further rearward movement of ink cartridge 30 . In this way, the ink cartridge 30 is held in the attached position by the engagement between the locking shaft 145 and the locking surface 151 . Therefore, since the locking surface 151 (the ink cartridge 30 ) engages the locking shaft 145 (more specifically, the surface at the front end of the locking shaft 145 ) in the upward direction 54 , the ink cartridge 30 can assume the operation posture.

换句话说,当墨盒30由于墨针102在向前方向51上插入到供墨部34中以及由于锁定表面151与锁定轴145的接合而已经附接到盒附接部110时,墨盒30采取附接姿态。当墨盒30采取附接姿态时,墨盒30能够向记录头21供给墨并且能够被打印机10操作以用于记录图像。In other words, when the ink cartridge 30 has been attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 due to the insertion of the ink needle 102 into the ink supply portion 34 in the forward direction 51 and due to the engagement of the lock surface 151 with the lock shaft 145, the ink cartridge 30 assumes Attach gesture. When the ink cartridge 30 takes the attached posture, the ink cartridge 30 can supply ink to the recording head 21 and can be operated by the printer 10 for recording an image.

为了将墨盒30从盒附接部110移除,在图3和图20中所示的状态下,使用者向下推动操作表面92。随着向下推动操作表面92,墨盒30在其后部向下移动的情况下绕着作为枢轴中心的包封件76的通孔73枢转地移动(见图18和图19)。因此,锁定表面151移动到相对于锁定轴145向下的位置。作为结果,墨盒30不再被限制向后移动。因此,墨盒30通过螺旋弹簧78的推压力而相对于盒附接部110向后移动。因此,使用者能够在保持盒壳体130的同时将墨盒30从盒附接部110中取出。注意,由于阀体161保持在打开位置,因此即使在将墨盒30从盒附接部110移除之后,第一储存室32仍保持向大气敞开。In order to remove the ink cartridge 30 from the cartridge attachment portion 110 , in the state shown in FIGS. 3 and 20 , the user pushes down the operation surface 92 . As the operation surface 92 is pushed downward, the ink cartridge 30 pivotally moves about the through hole 73 of the enclosure 76 as the pivot center with its rear portion moved downward (see FIGS. 18 and 19 ). Accordingly, the locking surface 151 moves to a downward position relative to the locking shaft 145 . As a result, the ink cartridge 30 is no longer restricted from moving backward. Accordingly, the ink cartridge 30 is moved backward relative to the cartridge attachment portion 110 by the urging force of the coil spring 78 . Therefore, the user can take out the ink cartridge 30 from the cartridge attachment portion 110 while holding the cartridge case 130 . Note that since the valve body 161 remains at the open position, the first storage chamber 32 remains open to the atmosphere even after the ink cartridge 30 is removed from the cartridge attachment portion 110 .

<变体和变型><variations and variants>

<墨盒30K><Ink cartridge 30K>

接下来,将参考图23至图25描述与黑色颜色对应的墨盒30K。如图23中所示,墨盒30K包括前壁240、282、后壁241、283、顶壁239、底壁242、248、右侧壁37、84和左侧壁38、85。墨盒30K的前壁240、282和后壁241、283在左右方向上的尺寸大于分别与青色、品红色和黄色三种颜色对应的三个墨盒30(见图4)的前壁40、82和后壁41、83在左右方向上的尺寸。换句话说,与对应于青色、品红色和黄色颜色的墨盒30相比,墨盒30K的前壁240、282和后壁241、283向右扩展。因此,墨盒30K的供墨部34、IC板64、突出部43和操作部90被定位成相对于墨盒30K的左右中央向左。然而,墨盒30K的挡光板67位于墨盒30K的左右中央处。Next, an ink cartridge 30K corresponding to a black color will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 to 25 . As shown in FIG. 23 , ink cartridge 30K includes front walls 240 , 282 , rear walls 241 , 283 , top wall 239 , bottom walls 242 , 248 , right side walls 37 , 84 , and left side walls 38 , 85 . The front walls 240, 282 and rear walls 241, 283 of the ink cartridge 30K are larger in size in the left-right direction than the front walls 40, 82 and 82 of the three ink cartridges 30 (see FIG. 4 ) corresponding to the three colors of cyan, magenta and yellow, respectively. The size of the rear wall 41, 83 in the left-right direction. In other words, the front walls 240, 282 and the rear walls 241, 283 of the ink cartridge 30K expand to the right compared to the ink cartridges 30 corresponding to the colors of cyan, magenta, and yellow. Therefore, the ink supply portion 34 , the IC board 64 , the protruding portion 43 and the operation portion 90 of the ink cartridge 30K are positioned leftward with respect to the left and right centers of the ink cartridge 30K. However, the light blocking plate 67 of the ink cartridge 30K is located at the left and right center of the ink cartridge 30K.

如上所述,与黑色颜色对应的墨盒30K和与青色、品红色和黄色的相应的颜色对应的墨盒30的不同之处在于,墨盒30K的前壁240、282和后壁241、283向右扩展。在下文中,将详细描述墨盒30K的和与青色、品红色和黄色颜色对应的墨盒30不同的结构。As described above, the difference between the ink cartridge 30K corresponding to the black color and the ink cartridge 30 corresponding to the respective colors of cyan, magenta, and yellow is that the front walls 240, 282 and the rear walls 241, 283 of the ink cartridge 30K expand to the right. . Hereinafter, the structure of the ink cartridge 30K different from the ink cartridge 30 corresponding to the colors of cyan, magenta, and yellow will be described in detail.

如图24中所示,墨盒30K具有次底壁部248,该次底壁部248具有上表面248A。如图25中所示,上表面248A与内底壁部245的上表面245A连续。上表面248A包括弯曲表面115A、弯曲表面116A和中间表面120A。中间表面120A是平坦表面,并且中间表面120A在其右端处连接到弯曲表面115A并且在其左端处连接到弯曲表面116A。上表面248A的中间表面120A相对于左右方向倾斜,使得其左端被定位成比其右端靠下。因此,上表面248A的中间表面120A的左端是上表面248A的最下部。也就是说,上表面248A的中间表面120A的左端是第一储存室32在其前部处的最下部。顺便提及,上表面248A的中间表面120A可以相对于左右方向倾斜,使得其右端被定位成比其左端靠下。可替代地,上表面248A的中间表面120A可以不相对于左右方向倾斜,也就是说,中间表面120A可以是与水平方向平行的非倾斜的平坦表面。上表面248A的中间表面120A被制成平坦的并且经由弯曲表面116A连接到左侧壁38的内表面38A,从而扩大了墨盒30K的第一储存室32在宽度方向(即左右方向)上的尺寸。因此,与在图14中所示的墨盒30的第一储存室32中相比,在墨盒30K的第一储存室32中能够储存更大量的墨。As shown in FIG. 24, the ink cartridge 30K has a sub-bottom wall portion 248 having an upper surface 248A. As shown in FIG. 25 , the upper surface 248A is continuous with the upper surface 245A of the inner bottom wall portion 245 . Upper surface 248A includes curved surface 115A, curved surface 116A, and intermediate surface 120A. The intermediate surface 120A is a flat surface, and the intermediate surface 120A is connected at its right end to the curved surface 115A and at its left end to the curved surface 116A. The middle surface 120A of the upper surface 248A is inclined with respect to the left-right direction such that the left end thereof is positioned lower than the right end thereof. Therefore, the left end of the middle surface 120A of the upper surface 248A is the lowermost portion of the upper surface 248A. That is, the left end of the middle surface 120A of the upper surface 248A is the lowermost portion of the first storage chamber 32 at the front thereof. Incidentally, the middle surface 120A of the upper surface 248A may be inclined with respect to the left-right direction so that the right end thereof is positioned lower than the left end thereof. Alternatively, the intermediate surface 120A of the upper surface 248A may not be inclined with respect to the left-right direction, that is, the intermediate surface 120A may be a non-inclined flat surface parallel to the horizontal direction. The middle surface 120A of the upper surface 248A is made flat and connected to the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 via the curved surface 116A, thereby enlarging the size of the first storage chamber 32 of the ink cartridge 30K in the width direction (ie, the left-right direction) . Therefore, a larger amount of ink can be stored in the first storage chamber 32 of the ink cartridge 30K than in the first storage chamber 32 of the ink cartridge 30 shown in FIG. 14 .

如图24中所示,弯曲表面115A从右侧壁37的内表面37A的下端向下延伸,并且弯曲表面116A从左侧壁38的内表面38A的下端向下延伸。换句话说,弯曲表面115A连续地连接到右侧壁37的内表面37A的下端,并且弯曲表面116A连续地连接到左侧壁38的内表面38A的下端。弯曲表面115A具有连接到中间表面120A的右端的下端。弯曲表面116A具有连接到中间表面120A的左端的下端。此处,次底壁部248的中间表面120A的左端构成墨盒30K的第一储存室32的前部的最下部。也就是说,弯曲表面115A的下端和弯曲表面116A的下端连接到次底壁部248的上表面248A的中间表面120A,该中间表面120A包括第一储存室32的前部的最下部。As shown in FIG. 24 , the curved surface 115A extends downward from the lower end of the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 , and the curved surface 116A extends downward from the lower end of the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 . In other words, the curved surface 115A is continuously connected to the lower end of the inner surface 37A of the right side wall 37 , and the curved surface 116A is continuously connected to the lower end of the inner surface 38A of the left side wall 38 . The curved surface 115A has a lower end connected to the right end of the intermediate surface 120A. The curved surface 116A has a lower end connected to the left end of the intermediate surface 120A. Here, the left end of the intermediate surface 120A of the sub-bottom wall portion 248 constitutes the lowermost portion of the front portion of the first storage chamber 32 of the ink cartridge 30K. That is, the lower end of the curved surface 115A and the lower end of the curved surface 116A are connected to the middle surface 120A of the upper surface 248A of the sub-bottom wall portion 248 , which includes the lowermost portion of the front portion of the first storage chamber 32 .

上表面248A进一步包括弯曲表面119A(见图10),该弯曲表面119A连续地连接到后壁241的内表面241A的下端。The upper surface 248A further includes a curved surface 119A (see FIG. 10 ) which is continuously connected to the lower end of the inner surface 241A of the rear wall 241 .

除了前壁240的内表面240A在左右方向上的尺寸大于墨盒30的前壁40的内表面40A在左右方向上的尺寸(见图25)之外,墨盒30K的内弯曲表面117A、内弯曲表面118A和内弯曲表面119A均具有与上述实施例中相同的构造。Inner curved surface 117A, inner curved surface Both 118A and the inner curved surface 119A have the same configuration as in the above-described embodiment.

在墨盒30K中,弯曲表面115A的下端和弯曲表面116A的下端连接到次底壁部248的上表面248A的中间表面120A。然而,弯曲表面115A的下端和弯曲表面116A的下端可以彼此连续地连接。In the ink cartridge 30K, the lower end of the curved surface 115A and the lower end of the curved surface 116A are connected to the intermediate surface 120A of the upper surface 248A of the sub-bottom wall portion 248 . However, the lower end of the curved surface 115A and the lower end of the curved surface 116A may be continuously connected to each other.

顺便提及,如在实施例中的那样,上表面245A可以包括弯曲表面,该弯曲表面连续地连接到后壁241的内表面241A的下端。Incidentally, as in the embodiment, the upper surface 245A may include a curved surface continuously connected to the lower end of the inner surface 241A of the rear wall 241 .

<其它变型><other variants>

在上述实施例中,第一肋185和第二肋186具有如图8A和图8B中所示的形状。然而,第一肋185和第二肋186可以不具有如图8A和图8B中所示的形状,只要第一肋185和对应的第二肋186中的每一个肋在左右方向上彼此间隔开并且分别至少具有倾斜部185B和倾斜部186B即可。In the above-described embodiments, the first rib 185 and the second rib 186 have shapes as shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B . However, the first rib 185 and the second rib 186 may not have the shape as shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B as long as each of the first rib 185 and the corresponding second rib 186 is spaced apart from each other in the left-right direction. And it is only necessary to have at least the inclined portion 185B and the inclined portion 186B, respectively.

图26A示出了根据实施例的第一变体的第一内盖1131,该第一内盖1131包括第一肋1185和第二肋1186。每一个第一肋1185包括延伸部1185A和倾斜部1185B。每一个第二肋1186包括延伸部1186A和倾斜部1186B。第一肋1185中的每一个第一肋与第二肋1186中的对应的第二肋在左右方向上相对。每一个第一肋1185的该倾斜部1185B的远端(即后端)在前后方向上可以被布置在与对应的第二肋1186的倾斜部1186B的远端(即后端)相同的位置处。FIG. 26A shows a first inner cover 1131 including a first rib 1185 and a second rib 1186 according to a first variation of the embodiment. Each first rib 1185 includes an extension portion 1185A and an inclined portion 1185B. Each second rib 1186 includes an extension portion 1186A and an inclined portion 1186B. Each of the first ribs 1185 is opposed to a corresponding second rib of the second ribs 1186 in the left-right direction. The distal end (ie, rear end) of the inclined portion 1185B of each first rib 1185 may be arranged at the same position as the distal end (ie, rear end) of the inclined portion 1186B of the corresponding second rib 1186 in the front-rear direction. .

图26B示出了根据实施例的第二变体的第一内盖2131,该第一内盖2131包括第一肋2185和第二肋2186。每一个第一肋2185包括倾斜部2185B。每一个第二肋2186包括倾斜部2186B。此外,图26C示出了根据实施例的第三变体的第一内盖3131,该第一内盖3131包括第一肋3185和第二肋3186。每一个第一肋3185包括倾斜部3185B。每一个第二肋3186包括倾斜部3186B。FIG. 26B shows a first inner cover 2131 including a first rib 2185 and a second rib 2186 according to a second variation of the embodiment. Each first rib 2185 includes an inclined portion 2185B. Each second rib 2186 includes an inclined portion 2186B. Furthermore, FIG. 26C shows a first inner cover 3131 including a first rib 3185 and a second rib 3186 according to a third modification of the embodiment. Each first rib 3185 includes an inclined portion 3185B. Each second rib 3186 includes an inclined portion 3186B.

如图26B中所示,第一肋2185和第二肋2186中的至少一个不需要具有延伸部。同样,如图26C中所示,第一肋3185和第二肋3186中的至少一个不需要具有延伸部。注意,图26B和图26C示出了第一肋2185、3185中的每一个不具有延伸部并且第二肋2186、3186中的每一个不具有延伸部的构造。As shown in FIG. 26B , at least one of the first rib 2185 and the second rib 2186 need not have an extension. Also, as shown in FIG. 26C, at least one of the first rib 3185 and the second rib 3186 need not have an extension. Note that FIGS. 26B and 26C show configurations in which each of the first ribs 2185 , 3185 does not have an extension and each of the second ribs 2186 , 3186 does not have an extension.

在上述实施例中,第一肋185的下端和第二肋186的下端设置在彼此相同的高度处。然而,第一肋185的下端和第二肋186的下端可以设置在彼此不同的高度处。例如,在多个第一肋185和第二肋186中,被定位成离侧壁37、38的前后中央较近的肋185、186可以进一步向下突出。In the above-described embodiment, the lower end of the first rib 185 and the lower end of the second rib 186 are disposed at the same height as each other. However, the lower end of the first rib 185 and the lower end of the second rib 186 may be disposed at different heights from each other. For example, among the plurality of first ribs 185 and second ribs 186 , the ribs 185 , 186 positioned closer to the front and rear centers of the side walls 37 , 38 may further protrude downward.

第一肋185的突出长度在其整个区域上可以是不均匀的。同样,第二肋186的突出长度在其整个区域上可以是不均匀的。例如,在第一肋185和第二肋186中,延伸部185A、186A的基端分别接触侧壁37、38的内表面37A、38A,并且在延伸部185A、186A的远端附近的部分(即基端部)可以比除了基端部之外的任何其它部分都进一步向下突出。The protruding length of the first rib 185 may be uneven over its entire area. Also, the protruding length of the second rib 186 may be uneven over its entire area. For example, in the first rib 185 and the second rib 186, the base ends of the extensions 185A, 186A contact the inner surfaces 37A, 38A of the side walls 37, 38, respectively, and portions near the distal ends of the extensions 185A, 186A ( That is, the base end portion) may protrude further downward than any other portion except the base end portion.

在上述实施例中,盒壳体130的前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38具有透光性,使得能够从墨盒30的外部视觉识别储存在第一储存室32中的墨的表面液位以及储存在第二储存室33中的墨的表面液位。此外,除了前壁40、后壁41以及右侧壁37和左侧壁38的与外盖134接合的上端部之外,前壁40、后壁41以及右侧壁37和左侧壁38暴露于外部并构成了盒壳体130的外表面。In the above embodiment, the front wall 40, the rear wall 41, the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 of the cartridge case 130 have light transmittance, so that the ink cartridge 30 stored in the first storage chamber 32 can be visually recognized from the outside. The surface liquid level of the ink and the surface liquid level of the ink stored in the second storage chamber 33 . In addition, except for the upper end portions of the front wall 40, the rear wall 41, and the right and left side walls 37 and 38 engaged with the outer cover 134, the front wall 40, the rear wall 41, and the right and left walls 37 and 38 are exposed. on the outside and constitutes the outer surface of the cartridge case 130 .

然而,前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38中的每一个壁可以具有形成盒壳体130的外壁(即,盒壳体130的其外表面暴露于外部的壁)的至少一部分。However, each of the front wall 40, the rear wall 41, the right side wall 37, and the left side wall 38 may have an outer wall forming the cartridge case 130 (ie, a wall whose outer surface of the cartridge case 130 is exposed to the outside) at least part of .

例如,可以将标签粘附到前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38中的一个壁的外表面的一部分上,并且粘附有标签的所述部分可以免去从墨盒30的外部对储存在第一储存室32和第二储存室33中的每一个储存室中的墨的表面液位的视觉识别。在这种情况下,前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38中的每一个壁的除了粘附有标签的所述部分的部分构成了盒壳体130的外壁。因此,不需要在任何方向上从墨盒30的外部视觉识别墨盒30中的液体储存室(例如第一储存室32和第二储存室33)。然而,优选的是:前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38均具有能够通过其识别储存在第一储存室32中的墨的表面液位区域。For example, a label may be attached to a portion of the outer surface of one of the front wall 40, rear wall 41, right side wall 37, and left side wall 38, and the portion to which the label is attached may be removed from the ink cartridge. Visual recognition of the surface liquid level of the ink stored in each of the first storage chamber 32 and the second storage chamber 33 outside the storage chamber 30 . In this case, a portion of each of the front wall 40 , rear wall 41 , right side wall 37 , and left side wall 38 except the portion to which the label is adhered constitutes the outer wall of the cartridge case 130 . Therefore, there is no need to visually recognize the liquid storage chambers (for example, the first storage chamber 32 and the second storage chamber 33 ) in the ink cartridge 30 from the outside of the ink cartridge 30 in any direction. However, it is preferable that the front wall 40 , the rear wall 41 , the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 each have a surface level area through which the ink stored in the first storage chamber 32 can be recognized.

此外,盒壳体130可以被例如盖所覆盖。然而,在这种情况下,盖需要被构造成将前壁40的一部分、后壁41的一部分、右侧壁37的一部分以及左侧壁38的一部分暴露于外部。例如,盖可以具有四个开口,这四个开口分别在与前壁40的所述部分、后壁41的所述部分、右侧壁37的所述部分以及左侧壁38的所述部分相对的位置处。如果是这种情况,则通过这些开口暴露于外部的前壁40的所述部分、后壁41的所述部分、右侧壁37的所述部分以及左侧壁38的所述部分形成了盒壳体130的外壁。Furthermore, the cartridge case 130 may be covered by, for example, a cover. In this case, however, the cover needs to be configured to expose a part of the front wall 40 , a part of the rear wall 41 , a part of the right side wall 37 , and a part of the left side wall 38 to the outside. For example, the cover may have four openings opposite to said portion of the front wall 40, said portion of the rear wall 41, said portion of the right side wall 37, and said portion of the left side wall 38, respectively. at the location. If this is the case, the part of the front wall 40, the part of the rear wall 41, the part of the right side wall 37 and the part of the left side wall 38 exposed to the outside through these openings form a box. the outer wall of the casing 130 .

顺便提及,在只有前壁40的一部分、后壁41的一部分、右侧壁37的一部分以及左侧壁38的一部分构成盒壳体130的外壁的情况下,优选的是:前壁40、后壁41、右侧壁37和左侧壁38中的每一个壁的下部暴露于外部。Incidentally, in the case where only a part of the front wall 40, a part of the rear wall 41, a part of the right side wall 37, and a part of the left side wall 38 constitute the outer wall of the cartridge case 130, it is preferable that the front wall 40, A lower portion of each of the rear wall 41 , the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 is exposed to the outside.

在上述实施例中,盒壳体130、第一内盖131、第二内盖132、外盖134和支撑构件150被组装,以提供墨盒30。然而,盒壳体130、第一内盖131、第二内盖132、外盖134和支撑构件150中的至少一些可以一体形成。例如,盒壳体130和外盖134可以一体形成。可替代地,第二内盖132和支撑构件150可以一体形成。In the above-described embodiments, the cartridge case 130 , the first inner cover 131 , the second inner cover 132 , the outer cover 134 , and the supporting member 150 are assembled to provide the ink cartridge 30 . However, at least some of the cartridge case 130, the first inner cover 131, the second inner cover 132, the outer cover 134, and the support member 150 may be integrally formed. For example, the cartridge case 130 and the outer cover 134 may be integrally formed. Alternatively, the second inner cover 132 and the support member 150 may be integrally formed.

在上述实施例中,锁定轴145和锁定表面151之间的接触将墨盒30保持在附接位置。然而,墨盒30可以不通过锁定轴145和锁定表面151之间的接触而保持在附接位置。可以采用任何其它已知的构造来将墨盒30保持在附接位置。In the embodiments described above, contact between the locking shaft 145 and the locking surface 151 holds the ink cartridge 30 in the attached position. However, the ink cartridge 30 may not be held in the attached position by contact between the locking shaft 145 and the locking surface 151 . Any other known configuration may be employed to retain the ink cartridge 30 in the attached position.

在上述实施例中,半透膜141被焊接到肋140的下端表面。然而,可以将半透膜141焊接在任何其它部分处,只要将半透膜141焊接到以下部分即可:该部分能够防止通过通孔46吸入到空气室36中的墨流入到迷宫路径143中。此外,在上述实施例中,半透膜141被焊接。然而,半透膜141不必需被焊接。In the above-described embodiments, the semipermeable membrane 141 is welded to the lower end surface of the rib 140 . However, the semipermeable membrane 141 may be welded at any other portion as long as the semipermeable membrane 141 is welded to a portion capable of preventing ink sucked into the air chamber 36 through the through hole 46 from flowing into the labyrinth path 143 . Furthermore, in the above-described embodiments, the semipermeable membrane 141 is welded. However, the semipermeable membrane 141 does not have to be welded.

在上述实施例中,设置在帽79处的两个凸起180在左右方向上彼此相对。然而,凸起180可以在除了左右方向之外的任何方向上彼此相对。例如,凸起180可以在上下方向上彼此相对。In the above-described embodiment, the two protrusions 180 provided at the cap 79 are opposed to each other in the left-right direction. However, the protrusions 180 may face each other in any direction other than the left and right directions. For example, the protrusions 180 may face each other in an up-down direction.

在上述实施例中,阀机构135被构造成通过关闭通孔46来中断第一储存室32与大气之间的连通并且通过打开通孔46来提供第一储存室32与大气之间的连通。然而,阀机构135可以被构造成打开和关闭空气连通通道72的除了通孔46之外的部分。In the above embodiments, the valve mechanism 135 is configured to interrupt communication between the first storage chamber 32 and the atmosphere by closing the through hole 46 and to provide communication between the first storage chamber 32 and the atmosphere by opening the through hole 46 . However, the valve mechanism 135 may be configured to open and close a portion of the air communication passage 72 other than the through hole 46 .

此外,在上述实施例中,随着墨盒30的向上(即在与重力方向相反的方向上)移动以使锁定表面151与锁定轴145接合的过程,阀机构135移动离开通孔46。然而,阀机构135可以随着墨盒30的在到盒附接部110的附接方向上(即,在与重力方向交叉的方向上)移动的过程而移动。Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the valve mechanism 135 moves away from the through hole 46 as the ink cartridge 30 moves upward (ie, in the direction opposite to the direction of gravity) to engage the locking surface 151 with the locking shaft 145 . However, the valve mechanism 135 may move as the ink cartridge 30 moves in the attaching direction to the cartridge attaching portion 110 (ie, in a direction crossing the direction of gravity).

在上述实施例中,供墨部34设有筒75和帽79,该帽79覆盖该筒75。然而,供墨部34不必需设有帽79。在供墨部34不包括帽79的情况下,引导沟槽175可以形成在筒75的外周表面中。In the above-described embodiment, the ink supply portion 34 is provided with the barrel 75 and the cap 79 covering the barrel 75 . However, the ink supply portion 34 is not necessarily provided with the cap 79 . In the case where the ink supply part 34 does not include the cap 79 , a guide groove 175 may be formed in the outer peripheral surface of the cartridge 75 .

在上述实施例中,供墨部34的内部和外部之间的连通由阀77中断并且由阀77提供。然而,可以通过用针等穿刺由弹性树脂形成且没有通孔的密封构件来形成筒75的前端中的开口,并且该开口可以随着针从密封构件缩回而通过密封构件的弹性而关闭。In the above-described embodiments, the communication between the inside and the outside of the ink supply portion 34 is interrupted and provided by the valve 77 . However, the opening in the front end of the cartridge 75 can be formed by piercing a sealing member formed of elastic resin and having no through hole with a needle or the like, and can be closed by the elasticity of the sealing member as the needle is retracted from the sealing member.

在上述实施例中,主底壁部42在前后方向上的尺寸大于次底壁部48在前后方向上的尺寸。然而,主底壁部42在前后方向上的尺寸可以短于次底壁部48在前后方向上的尺寸。连接壁49可以设置在墨盒30的前后中央部处。可替代地,连接壁49可以设置在离后壁41比离前壁40近的位置处。In the above-described embodiments, the size of the main bottom wall portion 42 in the front-rear direction is larger than the size of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 in the front-rear direction. However, the dimension of the main bottom wall portion 42 in the front-rear direction may be shorter than the dimension of the sub-bottom wall portion 48 in the front-rear direction. The connecting wall 49 may be provided at front and rear central portions of the ink cartridge 30 . Alternatively, the connection wall 49 may be provided at a position closer to the rear wall 41 than to the front wall 40 .

在上述实施例中,墨盒30具有如图4和图5中所示的外形。此外,供墨部34从连接壁49向前延伸并且位于前壁40的下方和后方。然而,墨盒30不必需这样成形,并且供墨部34也不必需如图4和图5中所示的那样定位。In the above-described embodiments, the ink cartridge 30 has an outer shape as shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 . In addition, the ink supply portion 34 extends forward from the connection wall 49 and is located below and behind the front wall 40 . However, the ink cartridge 30 does not have to be so shaped, and the ink supply portion 34 does not have to be positioned as shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 .

例如,右侧壁37和左侧壁38之间的间隙距离可以大于前壁40和后壁41之间的间隙距离。此外,墨盒30可以具有简单的矩形外形。此外,供墨部34可以从前壁40向前延伸。可替代地,供墨部34可以从主底壁部42向下延伸,并且可以具有折曲或弯曲的远端以允许供墨口71向前敞开。For example, the gap distance between the right side wall 37 and the left side wall 38 may be greater than the gap distance between the front wall 40 and the rear wall 41 . In addition, the ink cartridge 30 may have a simple rectangular shape. In addition, the ink supply part 34 may extend forward from the front wall 40 . Alternatively, the ink supply portion 34 may extend downward from the main bottom wall portion 42 and may have a bent or curved distal end to allow the ink supply port 71 to open forward.

图27A示出了根据实施例的第一变型的墨盒230。墨盒230具有由盒壳体330限定的外形。盒壳体330具有大体长方体形状。墨盒230不包括第一内盖131、第二内盖132或外盖134。也就是说,墨盒230的盒壳体330具有顶壁188、底壁、前壁、后壁、右侧壁191和左侧壁192。顶壁188连接到前壁、后壁、右侧壁191和左侧壁192。顶壁188构成盒壳体330的一部分。盒壳体330具有储存室190。储存室190由盒壳体330的前壁、后壁、底壁、顶壁188、右侧壁191和左侧壁192限定。盒壳体330不必需以树脂一体模制而形成。例如,右侧壁191和左侧壁192可以由焊接到前壁、后壁、底壁和顶壁188的膜构成。FIG. 27A shows an ink cartridge 230 according to a first modification of the embodiment. The ink cartridge 230 has an outer shape defined by a cartridge case 330 . The cartridge case 330 has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. The ink cartridge 230 does not include the first inner cover 131 , the second inner cover 132 or the outer cover 134 . That is, the cartridge housing 330 of the ink cartridge 230 has a top wall 188 , a bottom wall, a front wall, a rear wall, a right side wall 191 and a left side wall 192 . The top wall 188 is connected to the front wall, the rear wall, the right side wall 191 and the left side wall 192 . The top wall 188 forms part of the cartridge housing 330 . The cartridge case 330 has a storage chamber 190 . The storage chamber 190 is defined by the front wall, the rear wall, the bottom wall, the top wall 188 , the right side wall 191 and the left side wall 192 of the box housing 330 . The cartridge case 330 does not necessarily have to be integrally molded with resin. For example, the right side wall 191 and the left side wall 192 may be constructed of a membrane welded to the front, rear, bottom, and top walls 188 .

在该变型中,供墨部34不从限定墨盒230的外形的任何壁突出。在这种情况下,在左右方向上突出的突起193设置在右侧壁191和左侧壁192中的每一个壁处,使得供墨口71介于两个突起193之间。每一个突起193沿着液体通道194在前后方向上延伸。每一个突起193的上端和下端中的至少一端可以用作引导沟槽175。In this variation, the ink supply portion 34 does not protrude from any wall defining the outer shape of the ink cartridge 230 . In this case, a protrusion 193 protruding in the left-right direction is provided at each of the right side wall 191 and the left side wall 192 such that the ink supply port 71 is interposed between the two protrusions 193 . Each protrusion 193 extends in the front-rear direction along the liquid passage 194 . At least one of the upper and lower ends of each protrusion 193 may serve as the guide groove 175 .

此外,在该变型中,供墨部34不包括筒75、包封件76、阀77、螺旋弹簧78、帽79或卡扣机构74。膜(未示出)被粘附到供墨口71的开口。该膜为供墨口71的开口提供液密密封件,从而阻隔了储存室190与墨盒230的外部之间的连通。当墨盒230附接到盒附接部110时,墨针102刺穿膜,从而允许储存在储存室190中的墨流入到墨针102中。Furthermore, in this modification, the ink supply portion 34 does not include the cartridge 75 , the envelope 76 , the valve 77 , the coil spring 78 , the cap 79 , or the snap mechanism 74 . A film (not shown) is adhered to the opening of the ink supply port 71 . The membrane provides a liquid-tight seal for the opening of the ink supply port 71 , thereby blocking communication between the storage chamber 190 and the exterior of the ink cartridge 230 . When the ink cartridge 230 is attached to the cartridge attachment part 110 , the ink needle 102 pierces the membrane, thereby allowing the ink stored in the storage chamber 190 to flow into the ink needle 102 .

此外,在这种情况下,被接入构件(例如,突出部43、操作部90、挡光板67或IC板64的电极65)设置在盒壳体330的顶壁188处。顺便提及,被接入构件是在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的状态下能够从外部接入的件。在图27A中,作为被接入构件的IC板64设置在盒壳体330的顶壁188处。作为被接入构件的突出部43或挡光板67可以设置在盒壳体330的顶壁188处。可替代地,突出部43和挡光板67可以与IC板64一起设置在顶壁188处。Further, in this case, an inserted member (for example, the protrusion 43 , the operation portion 90 , the light shield 67 , or the electrode 65 of the IC board 64 ) is provided at the top wall 188 of the cartridge case 330 . Incidentally, the accessed member is a piece that can be accessed from the outside in a state where the ink cartridge 30 is attached to the cartridge attachment portion 110 . In FIG. 27A , the IC board 64 as an inserted member is provided at the top wall 188 of the cartridge case 330 . A protrusion 43 or a light blocking plate 67 as an inserted member may be provided at the top wall 188 of the cartridge case 330 . Alternatively, the protrusion 43 and the light blocking plate 67 may be provided at the top wall 188 together with the IC board 64 .

图27B示出了根据实施例的第二变型的墨盒430。墨盒430具有由盒壳体530限定的外形。在图27A中所示的上述第一变型中,供墨部34不向前突出,并且未设有帽79。然后,如图27B中所示,供墨部34从连接壁49突出,但是可以不设有帽79。在后一种情况下,管状供墨部34从连接壁49向前突出,并且一对突起193从供墨部34的外表面在左右方向上突出。每一个突起193的上端和下端中的至少一端可以用作引导沟槽175。FIG. 27B shows an ink cartridge 430 according to a second modification of the embodiment. The ink cartridge 430 has an outer shape defined by the cartridge case 530 . In the above-described first modification shown in FIG. 27A , the ink supply portion 34 does not protrude forward, and the cap 79 is not provided. Then, as shown in FIG. 27B , the ink supply portion 34 protrudes from the connection wall 49 , but the cap 79 may not be provided. In the latter case, the tubular ink supply portion 34 protrudes forward from the connection wall 49 , and a pair of protrusions 193 protrudes from the outer surface of the ink supply portion 34 in the left-right direction. At least one of the upper and lower ends of each protrusion 193 may serve as the guide groove 175 .

此外,在上述实施例中,每一个引导沟槽175包括在前后方向上延伸的部分(即第一引导表面176)以及相对于前后方向倾斜的部分(即第三引导表面178)。然而,如在图27A和27B中所示的变型中的那样,引导沟槽175可以仅包括在前后方向上延伸的部分。Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, each guide groove 175 includes a portion extending in the front-rear direction (ie, the first guide surface 176 ) and a portion (ie, the third guide surface 178 ) inclined relative to the front-rear direction. However, as in the modification shown in FIGS. 27A and 27B , the guide groove 175 may include only a portion extending in the front-rear direction.

此外,在上述实施例中,引导沟槽175的第一引导表面176和引导沟槽175的第二引导表面177彼此相交。然而,第一引导表面176和第二引导表面177不必需彼此交叉。Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175 and the second guide surface 177 of the guide groove 175 intersect each other. However, the first guide surface 176 and the second guide surface 177 do not necessarily intersect each other.

此外,在上述实施例中,帽79具有由对应的凸起105引导的四个引导沟槽175。然而,能够采用不同的构造来将供墨部34引导到墨针102。在图28中所示的变体中,帽579具有四个引导部575来代替四个引导沟槽175。在帽579的每一个拐角部处设置相应的引导部575。每一个引导部575具有适应于接触对应的凸起105的两个突起。所述两个突起中的一个突起在上下方向上延伸,并且所述两个突起中的其余一个突起在左右方向上延伸。在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110的过程期间,每一个引导部575的两个突起分别接触第一引导表面196和第二引导表面197,由此供墨部34被引导到墨针102。顺便提及,两个突起中的每一个突起可以具有平坦形末端或尖末端。在两个突起中的每一个突起具有平坦形末端的情况下,两个突起可以在其平坦形末端处接触凸起105(表面接触)。在两个突起中的每一个突起具有尖末端的情况下,两个突起可以在其尖末端处接触凸起105(点接触)。Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the cap 79 has four guide grooves 175 guided by the corresponding protrusions 105 . However, a different configuration can be employed to guide the ink supply portion 34 to the ink needle 102 . In the variant shown in FIG. 28 , cap 579 has four guides 575 instead of four guide grooves 175 . A corresponding guide 575 is provided at each corner of the cap 579 . Each guide portion 575 has two protrusions adapted to contact the corresponding protrusion 105 . One of the two protrusions extends in the up-down direction, and the remaining one of the two protrusions extends in the left-right direction. During the process of attaching the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attachment part 110, the two protrusions of each guide part 575 contact the first guide surface 196 and the second guide surface 197, respectively, whereby the ink supply part 34 is guided to the ink needle 102 . Incidentally, each of the two protrusions may have a flat-shaped end or a pointed end. In the case where each of the two protrusions has a flat-shaped end, the two protrusions may contact the protrusion 105 at their flat-shaped ends (surface contact). In a case where each of the two protrusions has a pointed end, the two protrusions may contact the protrusion 105 at their pointed ends (point contact).

在上述实施例中,墨是液体的示例。然而,可以将在打印操作期间在墨之前喷射到片材上的预处理液体储存在液体盒中。可替代地,可以将用于清洁记录头21的清洁水储存在液体盒中。也就是说,根据本公开的墨盒30不必需是用于储存墨的盒,而是可以是用于储存被打印机10消耗的液体的盒。In the above-described embodiments, ink is an example of liquid. However, the pretreatment liquid ejected onto the sheet prior to the ink during the printing operation may be stored in the liquid tank. Alternatively, cleaning water used to clean the recording head 21 may be stored in a liquid tank. That is, the ink cartridge 30 according to the present disclosure is not necessarily a cartridge for storing ink, but may be a cartridge for storing liquid consumed by the printer 10 .

<操作优点><Operating advantages>

根据上述实施例,在墨针102插入到供墨部34中的期间,引导沟槽175由凸起105分别引导。也就是说,设置在供墨部34处的每一个引导沟槽175用作用于定位供墨部34的参考表面。在这种情况下,与供墨部34的外周表面用作参考表面的情况相比,用于将供墨部34定位就位的参考表面的面积可以较小。因此,供墨部34能够被明确地朝向墨针102引导,从而允许墨针102插入到墨阀室35中,而供墨部34不会与墨针102发生任何碰撞。According to the above-described embodiment, the guide grooves 175 are respectively guided by the protrusions 105 during the insertion of the ink needle 102 into the ink supply portion 34 . That is, each guide groove 175 provided at the ink supply portion 34 serves as a reference surface for positioning the ink supply portion 34 . In this case, the area of the reference surface for positioning the ink supply portion 34 in position can be smaller than in the case where the outer peripheral surface of the ink supply portion 34 is used as the reference surface. Therefore, the ink supply portion 34 can be definitely guided toward the ink needle 102 , allowing the ink needle 102 to be inserted into the ink valve chamber 35 without any collision between the ink supply portion 34 and the ink needle 102 .

此外,根据上述实施例,供墨部34形成有四个引导沟槽175。因此,供墨部34能够被确定地朝向墨针102引导。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, the ink supply portion 34 is formed with four guide grooves 175 . Therefore, the ink supply portion 34 can be surely guided toward the ink needle 102 .

此外,根据上述实施例,第一引导表面176和第二引导表面177是敞开的。也就是说,引导沟槽175不具有面向第一引导表面176和第二引导表面177的表面。因此,即使墨盒30在墨盒30相对于盒附接部110倾斜的情况下进入到盒附接部110中或者从盒附接部110抽出,也能够抑制供墨部34和凸起105之间的干涉。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, the first guide surface 176 and the second guide surface 177 are opened. That is, the guide groove 175 does not have a surface facing the first guide surface 176 and the second guide surface 177 . Therefore, even if the ink cartridge 30 enters into or is withdrawn from the cartridge attaching portion 110 with the ink cartridge 30 inclined relative to the cartridge attaching portion 110, the contact between the ink supply portion 34 and the protrusion 105 can be suppressed. put one's oar in.

此外,根据上述实施例,四个引导沟槽175中的每一个引导沟槽175被形成在帽79的每一个拐角处。因此,与引导沟槽175设置在帽79的上表面、下表面、左表面和右表面中的每一个表面的中央部处的情况相比,帽79的外形能够被简化。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, each of the four guide grooves 175 is formed at each corner of the cap 79 . Therefore, the outer shape of the cap 79 can be simplified compared to the case where the guide groove 175 is provided at the central portion of each of the upper surface, the lower surface, the left surface, and the right surface of the cap 79 .

此外,根据上述实施例,第一引导表面176的后端位于包封件76的前端的后方。由于在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110期间,第一引导表面176由凸起105引导,因此能够稳定包封件76的位置。因此,墨针102能够被确定地引入到墨阀室35中。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, the rear end of the first guide surface 176 is positioned rearward of the front end of the enclosure 76 . Since the first guide surface 176 is guided by the protrusion 105 during the attachment of the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the position of the enclosure 76 can be stabilized. Therefore, the ink needle 102 can be surely introduced into the ink valve chamber 35 .

此外,根据上述实施例,由于第三引导表面178相对于前后方向倾斜,因此在第三引导表面178和盒附接部110之间提供了空间。因此,即使墨盒30在墨盒30相对于盒附接部110倾斜的情况下进入到盒附接部110中或者从盒附接部110抽出,也能够抑制供墨部34和凸起105之间的干涉。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, since the third guide surface 178 is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction, a space is provided between the third guide surface 178 and the cartridge attachment portion 110 . Therefore, even if the ink cartridge 30 enters into or is withdrawn from the cartridge attaching portion 110 with the ink cartridge 30 inclined relative to the cartridge attaching portion 110, the contact between the ink supply portion 34 and the protrusion 105 can be suppressed. put one's oar in.

此外,根据上述实施例,由于第一引导表面176与第三引导表面178连续,因此能够平稳地执行将供墨部34朝向墨针102的引导。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, since the first guide surface 176 is continuous with the third guide surface 178 , the guidance of the ink supply portion 34 toward the ink needle 102 can be smoothly performed.

此外,根据上述实施例,限定在第三引导表面178和前后方向之间的角度大于限定在主底壁部42的底表面和前后方向之间的角度。即使墨盒30以墨盒30的倾斜姿态附接到盒附接部110和从盒附接部110拆卸,这种结构也能够防止第三引导表面178和凸起105之间的干涉,使得主底壁部42的底面抵靠盒附接部110。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, the angle defined between the third guide surface 178 and the front-rear direction is larger than the angle defined between the bottom surface of the main bottom wall portion 42 and the front-rear direction. Even if the ink cartridge 30 is attached to and detached from the cartridge attachment portion 110 in an inclined posture of the ink cartridge 30, this structure can prevent interference between the third guide surface 178 and the protrusion 105, so that the main bottom wall The bottom surface of the portion 42 abuts against the cartridge attachment portion 110 .

此外,根据上述实施例,在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110以及墨盒30从盒附接部110拆卸的期间,盒壳体130和外盖134通过其枢转移动而枢转地移动成倾斜。然而,即使盒壳体130和外盖134通过如上所述的枢转移动而倾斜,也能够抑制供墨部34与凸起105的干涉。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, during attachment of the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attachment portion 110 and detachment of the ink cartridge 30 from the cartridge attachment portion 110, the cartridge case 130 and the outer cover 134 are pivotally moved by their pivotal movement into tilt. However, even if the cartridge case 130 and the outer cover 134 are tilted by the pivotal movement as described above, interference of the ink supply portion 34 with the protrusion 105 can be suppressed.

此外,根据上述实施例,引导沟槽175在左右方向上位于IC板64的外侧。因此,在墨盒30附接到盒附接部110以及墨盒30从盒附接部110拆卸的期间,相应的引导沟槽175于在左右方向上在IC板64的外侧的位置处接触对应的凸起105。因此,在墨盒30的附接或拆卸期间,能够抑制IC板64在左右方向上的倾斜。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, the guide groove 175 is located outside the IC board 64 in the left-right direction. Therefore, during attachment of the ink cartridge 30 to the cartridge attachment portion 110 and detachment of the ink cartridge 30 from the cartridge attachment portion 110 , the corresponding guide grooves 175 contact the corresponding protrusions at positions outside the IC board 64 in the left-right direction. From 105. Therefore, during attachment or detachment of the ink cartridge 30 , it is possible to suppress inclination of the IC board 64 in the left-right direction.

此外,根据上述实施例,第一吸收构件182和第二吸收构件183能够吸收从供墨部34泄漏的墨。因此,能够减少从供墨部34泄漏的墨流动到墨盒30的外部。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, the first absorbing member 182 and the second absorbing member 183 can absorb ink leaked from the ink supply portion 34 . Therefore, it is possible to reduce the flow of ink leaked from the ink supply portion 34 to the outside of the ink cartridge 30 .

此外,从供墨部34泄漏的墨通过供墨口71流到墨盒30的外部。根据上述实施例,第一吸收构件182能够吸收通过供墨口71的墨。In addition, the ink leaked from the ink supply portion 34 flows to the outside of the ink cartridge 30 through the ink supply port 71 . According to the above-described embodiments, the first absorbing member 182 can absorb ink passing through the ink supply port 71 .

此外,从供墨部34泄漏的大部分墨由于重力而向下流动。根据上述实施例,第二吸收构件183设置在帽79的内部空间的下部处。因此,从供墨部34泄漏并向下流动的墨能够被第二吸收构件183吸收。In addition, most of the ink leaked from the ink supply portion 34 flows downward due to gravity. According to the above-described embodiment, the second absorbing member 183 is provided at the lower portion of the inner space of the cap 79 . Therefore, the ink that leaks from the ink supply portion 34 and flows downward can be absorbed by the second absorbing member 183 .

此外,根据上述实施例,沟槽184形成在帽79的内周表面处(该内周表面限定帽79的内部空间),以从与供墨口71的周缘部相邻的部分朝向第二吸收构件183延伸。因此,从供墨部34泄漏的墨能够由沟槽184引导到第二吸收构件183。Furthermore, according to the above-described embodiment, the groove 184 is formed at the inner peripheral surface of the cap 79 (the inner peripheral surface defines the inner space of the cap 79 ) so as to go from the portion adjacent to the peripheral portion of the ink supply port 71 toward the second suction port 71 . Member 183 extends. Therefore, the ink leaked from the ink supply portion 34 can be guided to the second absorbing member 183 by the groove 184 .

<备注><Remarks>

墨盒30是液体盒的示例。墨盒30K也是液体盒的示例。墨盒230也是液体盒的示例。墨盒430也是液体盒的示例。墨管102是液体供给管的示例。盒壳体130和外盖134是盒体的示例。盒壳体330也是盒体的示例。盒壳体530也是盒体的示例。第一储存室32和第二储存室33是液体储存室的示例。墨储存室190也是液体储存室的示例。供墨部34是液体供给部的示例。墨阀室35是液体通道的示例。前表面79A是前端面的示例。引导沟槽175是引导件的示例。引导部575也是引导件的示例。凸起105的第一引导表面196是一个表面的示例。凸起105的第二引导表面197是另一个表面的示例。引导沟槽175的第一引导表面176是第一引导部的示例。引导沟槽175的第二引导表面177是第二引导部的示例。引导沟槽175A是第一引导沟槽的示例。引导沟槽175B是第二引导沟槽的示例。引导沟槽175C是第三引导沟槽的示例。引导沟槽175D是第四引导沟槽的示例。第一垂直方向是第一方向的示例。第二垂直方向是第二方向的示例。包封件76是密封部的示例。引导沟槽175C和引导沟槽175D是特定引导沟槽的示例。次底壁部48是第一底壁的示例。主底壁部42是第二底壁的示例。锁定表面151是接合部的示例。筒75是套筒的示例。IC板64是电路板的示例。引导沟槽175A和引导沟槽175C是引导件的示例。引导沟槽175B和引导沟槽175D是另一个引导件的示例。左右方向是宽度方向的示例。第一吸收构件182和第二吸收构件183是吸收器的示例。供墨口71是开口的示例。第一吸收构件182是第一吸收器的示例。第二吸收构件183是第二吸收器的示例。打印机10是液体消耗装置的示例。The ink cartridge 30 is an example of a liquid cartridge. The ink cartridge 30K is also an example of a liquid cartridge. The ink cartridge 230 is also an example of a liquid cartridge. The ink cartridge 430 is also an example of a liquid cartridge. The ink tube 102 is an example of a liquid supply tube. The cartridge case 130 and the outer cover 134 are examples of a cartridge. The cartridge case 330 is also an example of a cartridge. The cartridge case 530 is also an example of a cartridge. The first storage chamber 32 and the second storage chamber 33 are examples of liquid storage chambers. The ink storage chamber 190 is also an example of a liquid storage chamber. The ink supply section 34 is an example of a liquid supply section. The ink valve chamber 35 is an example of a liquid passage. The front surface 79A is an example of a front end surface. The guide groove 175 is an example of a guide. The guide portion 575 is also an example of a guide. The first guide surface 196 of the protrusion 105 is an example of one surface. The second guide surface 197 of the protrusion 105 is an example of another surface. The first guide surface 176 of the guide groove 175 is an example of a first guide portion. The second guide surface 177 of the guide groove 175 is an example of a second guide portion. The guide groove 175A is an example of a first guide groove. The guide groove 175B is an example of the second guide groove. The guide groove 175C is an example of the third guide groove. The guide groove 175D is an example of the fourth guide groove. The first vertical direction is an example of a first direction. The second vertical direction is an example of a second direction. The envelope 76 is an example of a sealing portion. The guide groove 175C and the guide groove 175D are examples of specific guide grooves. The sub-bottom wall portion 48 is an example of the first bottom wall. The main bottom wall portion 42 is an example of the second bottom wall. The locking surface 151 is an example of an engaging portion. The barrel 75 is an example of a sleeve. The IC board 64 is an example of a circuit board. The guide groove 175A and the guide groove 175C are examples of guides. The guide groove 175B and the guide groove 175D are examples of another guide. The left-right direction is an example of the width direction. The first absorbent member 182 and the second absorbent member 183 are examples of absorbers. The ink supply port 71 is an example of an opening. The first absorbing member 182 is an example of a first absorber. The second absorption member 183 is an example of a second absorber. The printer 10 is an example of a liquid consuming device.

尽管已经参考其实施例进行了详细描述,但对于本领域技术人员来说显而易见的是,在不脱离上述实施例的范围的情况下,可以在其中进行各种改变和变型。Although it has been described in detail with reference to the embodiments thereof, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made therein without departing from the scope of the above-described embodiments.

Claims (15)

1.一种液体盒,所述液体盒被构造成在竖立姿态中在与重力方向垂直的向前方向上插入到盒附接部中,所述盒附接部具有在前后方向上延伸的液体供给管,所述液体盒包括:1. A liquid cartridge configured to be inserted into a cartridge attachment portion in a forward direction perpendicular to the direction of gravity in an upright posture, the cartridge attachment portion having a liquid supply extending in the front-rear direction tube, the liquid cartridge includes: 在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,In the erect posture of the liquid cartridge, 盒体,所述盒体具有液体储存室,所述液体储存室被构造成在所述液体储存室中储存液体;和a cartridge having a liquid storage chamber configured to store liquid in the liquid storage chamber; and 液体供给部,所述液体供给部中限定液体通道,所述液体供给部被构造成通过所述液体通道将所述液体储存室中储存的所述液体在所述向前方向上供给到外部,所述液体供给部包括:a liquid supply portion defining a liquid passage therein, the liquid supply portion configured to supply the liquid stored in the liquid storage chamber to the outside in the forward direction through the liquid passage, The liquid supply part includes: 前端面,所述前端面面向前,所述液体通道在所述前后方向上延伸且在所述前端面上向前敞开;a front end face facing forward, the liquid channel extending in the front-rear direction and opening forward on the front end face; 外周表面,所述外周表面从所述前端面向后延伸;和an outer peripheral surface extending rearwardly from the front end; and 至少一个引导件,所述至少一个引导件被设置在所述液体供给部的所述外周表面处且在所述前后方向上延伸,所述至少一个引导件中的每一个引导件被构造成:在将所述液体盒附接到所述盒附接部时,在将所述液体供给管附接到所述液体供给部期间,所述每一个引导件由对应的至少一个凸起引导,所述至少一个凸起被设置在所述盒附接部处且在所述前后方向上延伸,所述至少一个凸起中的每一个凸起具有一个表面以及与所述一个表面交叉的另一个表面,所述至少一个引导件中的每一个引导件包括:at least one guide provided at the outer peripheral surface of the liquid supply part and extending in the front-rear direction, each of the at least one guide configured to: When attaching the liquid cartridge to the cartridge attaching part, during attaching the liquid supply tube to the liquid supply part, each of the guides is guided by a corresponding at least one protrusion, so The at least one protrusion is provided at the cartridge attachment portion and extends in the front-rear direction, each of the at least one protrusion has a surface and another surface intersecting the one surface , each guide in the at least one guide comprises: 第一引导部,所述第一引导部在所述前后方向上延伸且被构造成与所述一个表面接触;和a first guide portion extending in the front-rear direction and configured to be in contact with the one surface; and 第二引导部,所述第二引导部在所述前后方向上延伸且被构造成与所述另一个表面接触,a second guide portion extending in the front-rear direction and configured to be in contact with the other surface, 其中所述至少一个引导件包括至少一个引导沟槽,wherein said at least one guide comprises at least one guide groove, 其中所述第一引导部包括第一引导表面,所述第一引导表面在所述前后方向上延伸,并且wherein the first guide portion includes a first guide surface extending in the front-rear direction, and 其中所述第二引导部包括第二引导表面,所述第二引导表面在所述前后方向上延伸且与所述第一引导表面相交,wherein the second guide portion includes a second guide surface extending in the front-rear direction and intersecting the first guide surface, 其中所述至少一个引导沟槽包括多个引导沟槽,所述多个引导沟槽包括第一引导沟槽、第二引导沟槽、第三引导沟槽和第四引导沟槽,其中,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第一引导沟槽相对于所述液体通道在与所述前后方向垂直的第一方向上与所述第四引导沟槽相反地定位,并且Wherein the at least one guide groove includes a plurality of guide grooves, and the plurality of guide grooves include a first guide groove, a second guide groove, a third guide groove and a fourth guide groove, wherein, in In the erect posture of the liquid cartridge, the first guide groove is positioned opposite to the fourth guide groove in a first direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction with respect to the liquid passage, and 其中,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第二引导沟槽相对于所述液体通道在与所述前后方向及所述第一方向垂直的第二方向上与所述第三引导沟槽相反地定位。Wherein, in the upright posture of the liquid cartridge, the second guide groove is aligned with the third guide groove in a second direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction and the first direction relative to the liquid channel. The guide grooves are located oppositely. 2.根据权利要求1所述的液体盒,其中所述至少一个引导件中的每一个引导件在与所述第一引导部垂直的方向以及与所述第二引导部垂直的方向上敞开。2. The liquid cartridge according to claim 1, wherein each of the at least one guide is opened in a direction perpendicular to the first guide part and a direction perpendicular to the second guide part. 3.根据权利要求2所述的液体盒,其中所述至少一个引导件包括四个引导沟槽,所述四个引导沟槽中的每一个引导沟槽具有前边缘,所述前边缘在所述液体供给部的所述前端面上敞开,在前视图中,所述四个引导沟槽中的每一个引导沟槽的所述前边缘在所述液体供给部的所述前端面上形成大致L形,并且3. The liquid cartridge according to claim 2, wherein the at least one guide includes four guide grooves, each of the four guide grooves has a front edge, and the front edge is positioned between the four guide grooves. The front end face of the liquid supply part is open, and in a front view, the front edge of each of the four guide grooves forms an approximate shape on the front end face of the liquid supply part. L-shaped, and 其中当在所述前视图中时所述前端面具有大体矩形形状,所述四个引导沟槽的所述前边缘被设置在所述液体供给部的矩形形状的所述前端面的相应的四个拐角部中。Wherein the front end face has a substantially rectangular shape when viewed in the front view, the front edges of the four guide grooves are provided at the corresponding four of the rectangular shaped front end face of the liquid supply part. in a corner. 4.根据权利要求1所述的液体盒,其中,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述液体供给部包括突起,所述突起在与所述前后方向交叉的方向上突出,所述突起具有上端表面和下端表面,所述突起的所述上端表面和所述下端表面中的至少一个端表面用作所述至少一个引导件中的一个引导件。4. The liquid cartridge according to claim 1, wherein, in the erect posture of the liquid cartridge, the liquid supply portion includes a protrusion protruding in a direction intersecting the front-rear direction, so that The protrusion has an upper end surface and a lower end surface, at least one of the upper end surface and the lower end surface of the protrusion serves as one of the at least one guide. 5.根据权利要求1所述的液体盒,其中所述液体供给部包括密封部,所述密封部形成有通孔,所述通孔被构造成使所述液体通道与所述液体供给部的外部连通并允许所述液体供给管延伸穿过所述通孔,所述密封部被构造成密封被设置在延伸穿过所述通孔的所述液体供给管和所述液体通道之间的间隙,所述密封部具有前端,并且5. The liquid cartridge according to claim 1, wherein the liquid supply part includes a sealing part, and the sealing part is formed with a through hole configured to connect the liquid passage with the liquid supply part. communicating with the outside and allowing the liquid supply pipe to extend through the through hole, the sealing portion configured to seal a gap provided between the liquid supply pipe extending through the through hole and the liquid passage , the seal has a front end, and 其中,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第一引导部具有后端,所述后端位于所述密封部的所述前端的后方。Wherein, in the upright posture of the liquid cartridge, the first guide portion has a rear end located behind the front end of the sealing portion. 6.根据权利要求1所述的液体盒,其中所述至少一个引导沟槽包括特定引导沟槽,所述特定引导沟槽进一步具有第三引导表面,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第三引导表面相对于所述第一引导表面向后定位且相对于所述前后方向倾斜,并且6. The liquid cartridge according to claim 1, wherein said at least one guide groove includes a specific guide groove, said specific guide groove further having a third guide surface, in said erect posture of said liquid cartridge , the third guide surface is positioned rearward relative to the first guide surface and is inclined relative to the front-rear direction, and 其中所述第三引导表面与所述特定引导沟槽的所述第一引导表面连续。Wherein the third guide surface is continuous with the first guide surface of the specific guide groove. 7.根据权利要求1所述的液体盒,其中所述至少一个引导沟槽包括特定引导沟槽,所述特定引导沟槽进一步具有第三引导表面,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第三引导表面相对于所述第一引导表面向后定位且相对于所述前后方向倾斜,7. The liquid cartridge according to claim 1, wherein said at least one guide groove includes a specific guide groove, said specific guide groove further having a third guide surface, in said erect posture of said liquid cartridge , the third guide surface is positioned backward relative to the first guide surface and is inclined relative to the front-rear direction, 其中所述盒体包括:Wherein said box body comprises: 在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,In the erect posture of the liquid cartridge, 第一底壁;和the first bottom wall; and 第二底壁,所述第二底壁相对于所述第一底壁向后且向下定位,所述第二底壁具有底表面,所述底表面相对于所述前后方向倾斜,使得所述底表面的后端相对于所述底表面的前端向上定位,所述第二底壁的所述底表面和所述前后方向限定角度,a second bottom wall positioned rearward and downward relative to the first bottom wall, the second bottom wall having a bottom surface inclined relative to the front-rear direction such that the the rear end of the bottom surface is positioned upward relative to the front end of the bottom surface, the bottom surface of the second bottom wall and the front-rear direction define an angle, 其中,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述液体供给部相对于所述第一底壁向下定位且相对于所述第二底壁向前定位,并且wherein, in the erect posture of the liquid cartridge, the liquid supply part is positioned downward with respect to the first bottom wall and forward with respect to the second bottom wall, and 其中,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述特定引导沟槽在与所述第三引导表面垂直的方向上敞开,所述第三引导表面相对于所述前后方向倾斜,使得所述第三引导表面的后端相对于所述第三引导表面的前端向上定位,所述第三引导表面和所述前后方向限定比由所述第二底壁的所述底表面和所述前后方向限定的所述角度大的角度。Wherein, in the upright posture of the liquid cartridge, the specific guide groove opens in a direction perpendicular to the third guide surface, and the third guide surface is inclined with respect to the front-rear direction such that the The rear end of the third guide surface is positioned upward relative to the front end of the third guide surface, and the ratio defined by the third guide surface and the front-rear direction is defined by the bottom surface of the second bottom wall and the front-rear direction The angle defined by the direction is the larger angle. 8.根据权利要求1所述的液体盒,其中所述至少一个引导沟槽包括特定引导沟槽,所述特定引导沟槽进一步具有第三引导表面,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第三引导表面相对于所述第一引导表面向后定位且相对于所述前后方向倾斜,并且8. The liquid cartridge according to claim 1, wherein said at least one guide groove includes a specific guide groove, said specific guide groove further having a third guide surface, in said erect posture of said liquid cartridge , the third guide surface is positioned rearward relative to the first guide surface and is inclined relative to the front-rear direction, and 其中所述盒体能够相对于所述盒附接部枢转地移动,所述盒体包括接合部,所述接合部被构造成通过所述盒体的相对于所述盒附接部的枢转移动而与所述盒附接部接合。Wherein the box body is pivotally movable relative to the box attachment portion, the box body includes a joint configured to pass through the pivot of the box body relative to the box attachment portion The pivoting movement engages the cartridge attachment portion. 9.根据权利要求1所述的液体盒,其中所述液体供给部包括:9. The liquid cartridge according to claim 1, wherein the liquid supply part comprises: 套筒,所述套筒从所述盒体延伸,所述套筒具有中空构造,所述中空构造限定内部空间,所述内部空间用作所述液体通道;a sleeve extending from the case, the sleeve having a hollow configuration defining an inner space serving as the liquid passage; 密封部,所述密封部形成有通孔,所述通孔被构造成使所述液体通道与所述液体供给部的外部连通并允许所述液体供给管延伸穿过所述通孔;和a sealing portion formed with a through hole configured to communicate the liquid passage with the outside of the liquid supply portion and allow the liquid supply tube to extend through the through hole; and 帽,所述帽被构造成在所述密封部介于所述帽和所述套筒之间的情况下覆盖所述套筒,以固定所述密封部,所述帽的外周表面用作所述液体供给部的设有所述至少一个引导件的所述外周表面。a cap configured to cover the sleeve with the sealing portion interposed between the cap and the sleeve to fix the sealing portion, the outer peripheral surface of the cap serving as the The outer peripheral surface of the liquid supply part provided with the at least one guide. 10.根据权利要求1所述的液体盒,其中所述盒体包括:10. The liquid cartridge according to claim 1, wherein the cartridge body comprises: 电路板;和circuit boards; and 顶壁,所述电路板被设置在所述顶壁处,并且a top wall at which the circuit board is disposed, and 其中,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述至少一个引导件包括一个引导件和另一个引导件,所述一个引导件和所述另一个引导件中的每一个引导件被设置在所述电路板的在与上下方向及所述前后方向垂直的宽度方向上的外侧的位置处,所述一个引导件和所述另一个引导件被设置在相对于所述电路板而言的在所述宽度方向上的两个相反侧上。Wherein, in the erect posture of the liquid cartridge, the at least one guide includes a guide and another guide, each guide of the one guide and the other guide is provided The one guide and the other guide are provided at positions on the outside of the circuit board in the width direction perpendicular to the up-down direction and the front-rear direction, relative to the circuit board. on two opposite sides in the width direction. 11.根据权利要求1所述的液体盒,其中所述液体供给部包括:11. The liquid cartridge according to claim 1, wherein the liquid supply part comprises: 帽,所述帽具有内部空间;和a cap having an interior space; and 吸收器,所述吸收器被设置在所述帽的所述内部空间中,并且所述吸收器被构造成吸收液体。An absorber is disposed in the interior space of the cap and is configured to absorb liquid. 12.根据权利要求11所述的液体盒,其中所述帽具有周缘部,所述周缘部限定开口,所述开口被构造成使所述帽的所述内部空间与所述帽的外部连通,并且12. The liquid cartridge according to claim 11 , wherein the cap has a peripheral portion defining an opening configured to communicate the interior space of the cap with the exterior of the cap, and 其中所述吸收器包括第一吸收器,所述第一吸收器与限定所述开口的所述周缘部相邻地设置。Wherein the absorber comprises a first absorber disposed adjacent to the peripheral portion defining the opening. 13.根据权利要求11所述的液体盒,其中所述吸收器包括第二吸收器,在所述液体盒的所述竖立姿态中,所述第二吸收器位于所述液体通道的下方。13. The liquid cartridge according to claim 11, wherein the absorber includes a second absorber located below the liquid passage in the erect posture of the liquid cartridge. 14.根据权利要求13所述的液体盒,其中所述帽具有内周表面和周缘部,所述内周表面限定所述内部空间,所述周缘部限定开口,所述开口被构造成使所述帽的所述内部空间与所述帽的外部连通,所述帽的所述内周表面形成有沟槽,所述沟槽从限定所述开口的所述周缘部延伸到所述第二吸收器。14. The liquid cartridge according to claim 13 , wherein the cap has an inner peripheral surface defining the interior space and a peripheral portion defining an opening configured such that the The inner space of the cap communicates with the outside of the cap, the inner peripheral surface of the cap is formed with a groove extending from the peripheral portion defining the opening to the second absorbent device. 15.一种液体消耗系统,包括:15. A liquid consumption system comprising: 根据权利要求1至14中的任一项所述的液体盒;和A liquid cartridge according to any one of claims 1 to 14; and 液体消耗装置,所述液体消耗装置包括所述盒附接部,所述盒附接部包括:A liquid consuming device comprising the cartridge attachment portion, the cartridge attachment portion comprising: 所述液体供给管,在所述液体盒被附接到所述盒附接部的状态下,所述液体供给管被连接到所述液体盒的所述液体供给部;和the liquid supply tube connected to the liquid supply portion of the liquid cartridge in a state where the liquid cartridge is attached to the cartridge attachment portion; and 所述至少一个凸起,所述至少一个凸起具有所述一个表面以及与所述一个表面垂直的所述另一个表面,所述至少一个凸起被构造成:在将所述液体盒附接到所述盒附接部期间,所述至少一个凸起引导所述液体盒的所述至少一个引导件。the at least one protrusion having the one surface and the other surface perpendicular to the one surface, the at least one protrusion being configured to: The at least one protrusion guides the at least one guide of the liquid cartridge during to the cartridge attachment portion.
CN202110936331.6A 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 Liquid cartridge and liquid consuming system Active CN113844178B (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110936331.6A CN113844178B (en) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 Liquid cartridge and liquid consuming system

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110936331.6A CN113844178B (en) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 Liquid cartridge and liquid consuming system
CN201780087450.0A CN110546006B (en) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 Liquid cartridges and systems for liquid cartridges
PCT/JP2017/027617 WO2019026100A1 (en) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 Liquid cartridge and system therefor

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201780087450.0A Division CN110546006B (en) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 Liquid cartridges and systems for liquid cartridges

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN113844178A CN113844178A (en) 2021-12-28
CN113844178B true CN113844178B (en) 2023-03-31

Family

ID=59593139

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201780087450.0A Active CN110546006B (en) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 Liquid cartridges and systems for liquid cartridges
CN202110936331.6A Active CN113844178B (en) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 Liquid cartridge and liquid consuming system

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201780087450.0A Active CN110546006B (en) 2017-07-31 2017-07-31 Liquid cartridges and systems for liquid cartridges

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (2) EP3623161B1 (en)
CN (2) CN110546006B (en)
ES (2) ES2889783T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2019026100A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10493765B2 (en) 2017-03-27 2019-12-03 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Liquid cartridge capable of reducing leakage of liquid from liquid storage chamber
JP6950228B2 (en) 2017-03-27 2021-10-13 ブラザー工業株式会社 Liquid cartridges and systems
CN110546006B (en) * 2017-07-31 2021-08-24 兄弟工业株式会社 Liquid cartridges and systems for liquid cartridges
JP2021122969A (en) * 2020-02-03 2021-08-30 ブラザー工業株式会社 Cartridge containment device and system

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5619239A (en) * 1993-11-29 1997-04-08 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Replaceable ink tank
US6786581B1 (en) * 1998-11-11 2004-09-07 Seiko Epson Corporation Ink-jet printing apparatus and ink cartridge
KR100375690B1 (en) * 1999-11-16 2003-03-17 주식회사 잉크테크 Appliance for fixing ink cartridge
TW505573B (en) * 2000-01-31 2002-10-11 Hewlett Packard Co Replaceable ink container for an inkjet printing system
JP3770315B2 (en) * 2000-12-25 2006-04-26 セイコーエプソン株式会社 ink cartridge
JP4539517B2 (en) * 2005-09-29 2010-09-08 ブラザー工業株式会社 ink cartridge
JP2008213147A (en) * 2007-02-28 2008-09-18 Brother Ind Ltd Liquid supply apparatus and image recording apparatus
JP5056163B2 (en) * 2007-05-25 2012-10-24 ブラザー工業株式会社 Ink cartridge determination device and determination method
US8292417B2 (en) * 2007-11-30 2012-10-23 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Ink cartridges and methods of manufacturing such ink cartridges
CN103171290B (en) * 2011-12-22 2015-07-08 兄弟工业株式会社 Printing fluid cartridge, printing device and utilization of printing fluid cartridge
JP6200701B2 (en) * 2013-06-21 2017-09-20 株式会社リコー Liquid container and image forming apparatus
JP6428433B2 (en) 2015-03-27 2018-11-28 ブラザー工業株式会社 Liquid cartridge
TWM505573U (en) * 2015-03-31 2015-07-21 Kenny Vensen Internat Co Ltd Gas elbow pipe set structure
DE102015009612A1 (en) * 2015-07-24 2017-01-26 Kmp Printtechnik Ag Print cartridge and printer with such a print cartridge
CN110546006B (en) * 2017-07-31 2021-08-24 兄弟工业株式会社 Liquid cartridges and systems for liquid cartridges

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3623161A1 (en) 2020-03-18
EP3500432A1 (en) 2019-06-26
ES2771525T3 (en) 2020-07-06
CN110546006B (en) 2021-08-24
EP3500432B1 (en) 2019-12-25
EP3623161B1 (en) 2021-08-25
ES2889783T3 (en) 2022-01-13
WO2019026100A1 (en) 2019-02-07
CN113844178A (en) 2021-12-28
CN110546006A (en) 2019-12-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10391777B2 (en) Printing-fluid cartridge having interfering surface, and set of the printing-fluid cartridges
US11897267B2 (en) Liquid cartridge capable of reducing leakage of liquid from liquid storage chamber
CN113844178B (en) Liquid cartridge and liquid consuming system
US11890876B2 (en) Liquid cartridge provided with liquid supply portion having guide groove
US10118399B2 (en) Liquid cartridge provided with snap-fit mechanism capable of suppressing detachment of cap
US10449771B2 (en) Liquid cartridge capable of improving visibility to liquid stored in liquid storage chamber
CA3056740C (en) Printing-fluid cartridge, set of printing-fluid cartridges, and system including the printing-fluid cartridge and printing-fluid consuming apparatus
WO2019026123A1 (en) Liquid cartridge
WO2019026105A1 (en) Liquid cartridge
WO2019026121A1 (en) Liquid cartridge and system therefor
EP3437877B1 (en) Liquid cartridge and system therefor
EP3437874B1 (en) Liquid cartridge and system therefor
EP3661752B1 (en) System including printing-fluid cartridge and printing-fluid consuming device
US10343410B2 (en) Liquid cartridge capable of reducing remaining amount of liquid in liquid storage chamber
WO2019026127A1 (en) Liquid cartridge and system therefor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
GR01 Patent grant
GR01 Patent grant